-->

Сервис мануал арктик кэт

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Troubleshooting

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

FOREWORD

This Arctic Cat Service Manual contains service and maintenance information for the Model Year 2004 Arctic Cat 4-

Stroke Snowmobiles. The manual is designed to aid service personnel in service-oriented applications.

This manual is divided into sections. The sections cover specific snowmobile components or systems and, in addition

to the standard service procedures, includes assembling, disassembling, and inspecting instructions. When using this

manual as a guide, the technician should use discretion as to how much disassembly is needed to correct any given con-

dition.

The service technician should become familiar with the operation and construction of the components or systems by

carefully studying the complete manual. This will assist the service technician in becoming more aware of and efficient

with servicing procedures. Such efficiency not only helps build consumer confidence but also saves time and labor.

All Arctic Cat publications and snowmobile decals display the words Warning, Caution, and Note to emphasize impor-

tant information. The symbol ! WARNING identifies personal safety-related information. Be sure to follow the

directive because it deals with the possibility of severe personal injury or even death. The symbol ! CAUTION

identifies unsafe practices which may result in snowmobile-related damage. Follow the directive because it deals with

the possibility of damaging part or parts of the snowmobile. The symbol

tion worthy of particular attention.

At the time of publication, all information, photographs, and illustrations were technically correct. Some photographs

and illustrations used in this manual are used for clarity purposes only and are not designed to depict actual conditions.

Because Arctic Cat Inc. constantly refines and improves its products, no retroactive obligation is incurred.

All materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Keep this manual accessible in the shop area for reference.

Product Service and Warranty Department

Arctic Cat Inc.

© 2003 Arctic Cat Inc.

®™ Trademarks of Arctic Cat Inc., Thief River Falls, MN

NOTE: identifies supplementary informa-

Back to TOC

December 2003

Chapters

Troubleshooting

loading

Summary of Contents for Arctic Cat 660 cc

  • ВАЖНО: Снегоход попадет под категорию B? подробнее…

  • Форумы

  • Снегоходы

  • Снегоходы зарубежного производства

  • Arctic Cat

Adrenaline Drive: Новости и полезная информация из мира техники для активного отдыха.

Частые вопросы и техническая документация по снегоходам Arctic Cat

Разборка снегоходов

б/у запчасти

Adrenaline Drive

Новости и полезная информация из мира техники для активного отдыха.

Предложения от надежных партнеров

Техника и запчасти

COMPOSIT

Гусеницы для снегоходов и спецтехники

Фильтры

Фильтры

  • Важные темы
  • Обычные темы
  • G

    Arctic Cat сервис мануалы 1990-2022

    • GriN16
    • 2 Янв 2023

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    1K

    2 Янв 2023

    GriN16

    G

    В

    Сервис мануал для arctic cat m8 hcr 2010

    • Владикооо
    • 20 Янв 2021

    Ответы
    1
    Просмотры
    4K

    2 Дек 2022

    kochetov

    K

    ВИТ

    ARCTIC CAT M8

    • ВИТ
    • 17 Окт 2022

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    1K

    17 Окт 2022

    ВИТ

    ВИТ

    G

    руководство для АС

    • gvr
    • 27 Янв 2008

    Ответы
    6
    Просмотры
    15K

    11 Окт 2022

    Alone

    Alone

    asamolovskih78

    Установка автомотора на Arctic Cat Bearcat WT

    • asamolovskih78
    • 12 Янв 2018

    Ответы
    4
    Просмотры
    10K

    25 Окт 2021

    Dimon2009

    D

    ВИТ

    • Закрыта

    ARCTIC CAT Bearcat 570XT/XTE

    • ВИТ
    • 11 Дек 2014

    Ответы
    13
    Просмотры
    51K

    7 Мар 2020

    Optimister

    O

    sanyga

    снять коробку Arktic Cat

    • sanyga
    • 16 Мар 2018

    Ответы
    1
    Просмотры
    9K

    3 Фев 2020

    vint.sakhalin

    V

    A

    Arctic cat 440 96 год

    • art_emiy
    • 2 Фев 2020

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    4K

    2 Фев 2020

    art_emiy

    A

    MR HAN

    Инструкция для AC MountainCat 600 EFI LE 136″ 2003

    • MR HAN
    • 14 Ноя 2011

    Ответы
    5
    Просмотры
    8K

    28 Ноя 2019

    Дмитрий 007

    Д

    sanyga

    Ручка на лыжу снегохода Arctic Cat m 8000

    • sanyga
    • 19 Окт 2019

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    5K

    19 Окт 2019

    sanyga

    sanyga

    сусанин59

    Arctic Cat подбор гусениц.

    • сусанин59
    • 19 Фев 2018

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    7K

    19 Фев 2018

    сусанин59

    сусанин59

    Susoeff

    • Закрыта

    2001_Snow_Service_Manual

    • Susoeff
    • 9 Ноя 2017

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    7K

    9 Ноя 2017

    Susoeff

    Susoeff

    ВИТ

    • Закрыта

    ARCTIC CAT Bearcat Z1 XT

    • ВИТ
    • 11 Дек 2014

    Ответы
    15
    Просмотры
    26K

    14 Фев 2017

    Wasamba

    Wasamba

    ВИТ

    • Закрыта

    ARCTIC CAT Bearcat WIDE TRACK (турбо/нон турбо)

    • ВИТ
    • 12 Дек 2014

    Ответы
    2
    Просмотры
    22K

    22 Дек 2016

    sh-albert

    sh-albert

    Voxa

    Arctic Cat Bearcat Z1 XT разьем для аксесуаров

    • Voxa
    • 20 Окт 2016

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    8K

    20 Окт 2016

    Voxa

    Voxa

    В

    Нужен мануал арктик кэт т660 туринг

    • Вячеслав79
    • 11 Янв 2016

    Ответы
    1
    Просмотры
    8K

    13 Янв 2016

    Серж 96

    Серж 96

    Serg_Al

    AC Z1 XT manual rus

    • Serg_Al
    • 29 Дек 2008

    Ответы
    7
    Просмотры
    26K

    20 Дек 2015

    sveta61

    S

    A

    мануал на arctic cat M6

    • antonsh
    • 13 Дек 2014

    Ответы
    2
    Просмотры
    8K

    13 Ноя 2015

    тролль

    тролль

    amih

    ArcticCat2012 M/F/XF 800, M/F/XF 1100 Руководство пользователя руский язык

    • amih
    • 4 Мар 2013

    Ответы
    1
    Просмотры
    10K

    12 Апр 2015

    SUN_MEDVEDKO

    S

    В

    Arctic Cat Bearcat wt 550 2001

    • Валерьян Михалыч
    • 4 Мар 2015

    Ответы
    0
    Просмотры
    3K

    4 Мар 2015

    Валерьян Михалыч

    В


    Войдите или зарегистрируйтесь для ответа.

    Разборка снегоходов

    б/у запчасти

    COMPOSIT

    Гусеницы для снегоходов и спецтехники

    Adrenaline Drive

    Новости и полезная информация из мира техники для активного отдыха.

    Предложения от надежных партнеров

    Техника и запчасти

    • Форумы

    • Снегоходы

    • Снегоходы зарубежного производства

    • Arctic Cat

    Руководство на русском языке по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию квадроциклов Arctic Cat 2011 года выпуска.

    • Издательство:
    • Год издания:
    • Страниц: 126
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 4,6 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 2001 года выпуска.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2000
    • Страниц:
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 195,4 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 2002 года выпуска.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания:
    • Страниц: 396
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 231,7 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 150.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2009
    • Страниц: 101
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 28,5 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 350 и Arctic Cat 425.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2010
    • Страниц: 190
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 47,2 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 366.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2008
    • Страниц: 143
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 42,2 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 450.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2009
    • Страниц: 149
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 38,5 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat 700 Diesel SD.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2011
    • Страниц: 164
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 52,8 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat DVX 400.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2006
    • Страниц: 165
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 55,6 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat Prowler и Arctic Cat Prowler XT.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2006
    • Страниц: 184
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 53,0 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat Prowler HDX.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2013
    • Страниц: 192
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 57,0 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat Prowler XTZ.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2009
    • Страниц: 169
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 53,1 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию квадроциклов Arctic Cat 450 TRV/550 TRV/700 TRV/TRV 700 Cruiser/TRV 1000 Cruiser.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания:
    • Страниц: 92
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 28,6 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat XC 450.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2013
    • Страниц: 128
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 33,0 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat XC 450i.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2011
    • Страниц: 123
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 32,8 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat Y6.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2007
    • Страниц: 116
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 46,5 Mb

    Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту квадроциклов Arctic Cat Y6 и Arctic Cat Y12.

    • Издательство: Arctic Cat Inc.
    • Год издания: 2006
    • Страниц: 122
    • Формат: PDF
    • Размер: 50,9 Mb

    Title

    File Size

    Download Links

    2002 Arctic Cat All Model ATV Service Manual.pdf

    231.7Mb

    Download

    2004 Arctic Cat 650 Service Manual.pdf

    25.1Mb

    Download

    2006 Arctic Cat ATV All Models Repair Manual.pdf

    146Mb

    Download

    2006 Arctic Cat ATV 250 Service Manual.pdf

    32.9Mb

    Download

    2006 Arctic Cat Y-6/Y-12 Youth ATV Service Manual.pdf

    50.9Mb

    Download

    2007 Arctic Cat Atv All Models Service Repair Manual.pdf

    126.4Mb

    Download

    2008 Arctic Cat 366 ATV Service Manual.pdf

    44.1Mb

    Download

    2008 Arctic Cat Prowler Xt Xtx Service Manual.pdf

    47.3Mb

    Download

    2008 Arctic Cat PROWLER XT/ PROWLER XTX Service Manual.pdf

    24.6Mb

    Download

    2008 Arctic Cat Thundercat 08 ATV Service Manual.pdf

    55Mb

    Download

    2009 Arctic Cat 150 Service Manual.pdf

    30Mb

    Download

    2010 Arctic Cat 450 H1, 700 H1, 550 H1, 1000 H2 mud pro, Thundercat Operator’s Manual.pdf

    4Mb

    Download

    2010 Arctic Cat Cat 700 Diesel SD Service Manual.pdf

    63.1Mb

    Download

    2011 Arctic Cat 400TRV Service Manual.pdf

    45.9Mb

    Download

    2011 Arctic Cat 700 PS EFT, 700 TRV PS EFT, 550 EFT, 550 PS EFT, 550 TRV EFT Operator’s Manual.pdf

    5.9Mb

    Download

    2012 Arctic Cat 350 HS / 425 HS Operator’s Manual.pdf

    3.3Mb

    Download

    2012 Arctic Cat 350 Service Manual.pdf

    38.3Mb

    Download

    2012 Arctic Cat DVX 90 Service Manual.pdf

    35.1Mb

    Download

    2012 Arctic Cat DVX 90, 1000 I MUD PRO, 450 I TRV/GT, 550 I TRV/GT, 550 I CRUISER, 700 I TRV/GT, 1000 I TRV/GT, 350 FIS Operator’s Manual.pdf

    21.4Mb

    Download

    2012 Arctic Cat XC 450i ATV Service Manual.pdf

    36.4Mb

    Download

    2014 Arctic Cat 450 Service Manual.pdf

    33.7Mb

    Download

    2015 Arctic Cat PROWLER HDX Service Manual.pdf

    13.2Mb

    Download

    2015 Arctic Cat XR 500б Xr 700, Xr 550 Operator’s Manual.pdf

    1.8Mb

    Download

    2016 Arctic Cat Alterra 500 Service Manual.pdf

    55.5Mb

    Download

    2017 Arctic Cat VLX 7000 Service Manual.pdf

    37.6Mb

    Download

    Arctic Cat 450/1000 Service Manual.pdf

    61.9Mb

    Download

    Arctic Cat 500, 700, 1000, 700 MUD PRO, 700 TBX, 1000 MUD PRO, 550 Operator’s Manual.pdf

    3.8Mb

    Download

    Arctic Cat ATV Electrical & Batteries.pdf

    6.1Mb

    Download

    2001

    Arctic Cat . 2001 models  

    Guide for repairs and maintenance ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    195.4 Mb .   

    2002

    Arctic Cat . 2002 models  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    231.7 Mb . 

    2006

    Arctic Cat DVX 400.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    55.6 Mb . 

    Arctic Cat Y6 / Y12.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    50.9 Mb .   

    2007

    Arctic Cat Prowler / XT.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    53 Mb .   

    2008

    Arctic Cat 366.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    42.2 Mb . 

    Arctic Cat Y6.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    46.5 Mb .   

    2009

    Arctic Cat Prowler XTZ.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    53.1 Mb .   

    2010

    Arctic Cat 150.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    28.5 Mb . 

    Arctic Cat 450.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    38.5 Mb . 

    2011

    Arctic Cat 350/425.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    47.2 Mb . 

    Arctic Cat 366/450/550/650/700/450 TRV / 550 TRV / 700 TRV / 700 Cruiser / 1000 Cruiser / 700 Mud Pro / 700 TBX / 1000
    Mud Pro / Thundercat

    The instruction manual is in Russian. Format: PDF, Size: 4.6 Mb .  

    Arctic Cat 450 TRV / 550 TRV / 700 TRV / 700 Cruiser / 1000 Cruiser

    Guide Operation ( Operator`s manual ) (User Guide) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    28.6 Mb .  

    Arctic Cat 700 Diesel SD.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    52.8 Mb . 

    2012

    Arctic Cat XC 450i.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    32.8 Mb .   

    2014

    Arctic Cat Prowler HDX.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    57 Mb .   

    Arctic Cat XC 450.  

    Repair and maintenance manual ( the Service manual ) in English. Format: PDF, Size:
    33 Mb .   

    Arctic Cat ATVs have long been a success with amateurs and professionals due to their brilliant technical characteristics, excellent design and most importantly — the highest
    reliability.

    The company’s products have earned the status of all-terrain vehicles for excellent cross-country ability even in the most adverse terrain, and achieved without compromising maneuverability and
    other properties.

    The company Arctic Cat (USA) began operations for more than half a century ago — in 1960.

    Such a long presence in the global market helps to maintain a leading position.

    Constantly developing production, improving snowmobiles and ATVs, releasing new, all the best models and adhering to a winning pricing policy.

    The main advantages (advantages) of the Arctic Cat ATVs:

    • lowered center of gravity, providing all-terrain and preventing overturning;
    • high ground clearance;
    • independent suspension;
    • low fuel consumption;
    • Great ergonomics combined with great design.

    By the way, the reliable partner powerful motor vehicles Arctic Cat supplies the famous partner — the Japanese brand Suzuki.

    ATVs of this company are bought even by the Pentagon — for use in the US Army. They are also supplied to the Finnish border agency to patrol the border with Russia.

    Arctic Cat ATVs service repair manuals free download PDF
    Arctic Cat 366

    Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
    Page Count: 210 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

    FOREWORD

    This Arctic Cat Service Manual contains service, maintenance, and troubleshooting information for certain 2012

    Arctic Cat ATV models (see cover). The complete manual is designed to aid service personnel in service-oriented

    applications.

    Arctic Cat offers additional publications (when they become available) to aid in servicing other ATV models. To

    service models not included in this manual, please refer to the following publications:

    2012 Y-12+ Service Manual

    2012 T-14 Service Manual

    2012 300 DVX/Utility Service Manual

    2012 350 Service Manual

    2012 425 Service Manual

    2012 700 Diesel Service Manual

    2012 450 XC Service Manual

    2012 650 Service Manual

    2012 550/700 Service Manual

    This manual is divided into sections. Each section covers a specific ATV component or system and, in addition to

    the standard service procedures, includes disassembling, inspecting, and assembling instructions. When using this

    manual as a guide, the technician should use discretion as to how much disassembly is needed to correct any given

    condition.

    The service technician should become familiar with the operation and construction of each component or system

    by carefully studying the complete manual. This manual will assist the service technician in becoming more aware

    of and efficient with servicing procedures. Such efficiency not only helps build consumer confidence but also saves

    time and labor.

    All Arctic Cat ATV publications and decals display the words Warning, Caution, Note, and At This Point to

    emphasize important information. The symbol ! WARNING identifies personal safety-related information.

    Be sure to follow the directive because it deals with the possibility of severe personal injury or even death. A

    CAUTION identifies unsafe practices which may result in ATV-related damage. Follow the directive because it

    deals with the possibility of damaging part or parts of the ATV. The symbol NOTE: identifies supplementary

    information worthy of particular attention. The symbol AT THIS POINT directs the technician to certain

    and specific procedures to promote efficiency and to improve clarity.

    At the time of publication, all information, photographs, and illustrations were technically correct. Some photo-

    graphs used in this manual are used for clarity purposes only and are not designed to depict actual conditions.

    Because Arctic Cat Inc. constantly refines and improves its products, no retroactive obligation is incurred.

    All materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.

    Keep this manual accessible in the shop area for reference.

    Product Service and

    Warranty Department

    Arctic Cat Inc.

    © 2011 Arctic Cat Inc. August 2011

    ®™ Trademarks of Arctic Cat Inc., Thief River Falls, MN 56701

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    ‘PSFXPSE

    1. General Information/Specifications

    2. Periodic Maintenance

    3. Engine/Transmission

    4. Fuel/Lubrication/Cooling

    5. Electrical System

    6. Drive System/Brake System

    7. Suspension

    8. Steering/Frame

    1

    2

    3

    4

    5

    6

    7

    8

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    Note: To navigate through this manual, use the PAGE UP/PAGE DOWN buttons on the keyboard, click on the

    Table of Contents bookmarks on the left side of the screen, or click the blue text below. To return to this page,

    click the Manual Table of Contents button at the bottom of each page.

    Click on the blue text to go.

    1-1

    1

    SECTION 1 — GENERAL INFORMATION/

    SPECIFICATIONS

    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    General Specifications ……………..…………….……….. 1-2

    Torque Specifications ……………….…………….……….. 1-3

    Torque Conversions (ft-lb/N-m) ….…………….……….. 1-4

    Break-In Procedure ………………………….………….….. 1-4

    Gasoline — Oil — Lubricant ………………….………….….. 1-5

    Genuine Parts …….…………….………….…………….….. 1-5

    Preparation For Storage……..…………….……………... 1-6

    Preparation After Storage………………….……………... 1-6

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    1-2

    General Specifications

    Specifications subject to change without notice.

    * One inch below plug threads.

    ** At the plug threads.

    450

    CHASSIS

    Brake Type Hydraulic w/Brake Lever

    Lock and Auxiliary Brake

    Tire Size Front — 25 x 8-12

    Rear — 25 x 10-12

    Tire Inflation Pressure 0.35 kg/cm² (5 psi)

    MISCELLANY

    Spark Plug Type NGK CR7E

    Spark Plug Gap 0.7-0.8 mm (0.028-0.031 in.)

    Gas Tank Capacity 21.6 L (5.7 U.S. gal.) — FIS

    20.0 L (5.3 U.S. gal.) — TRV

    Coolant Capacity 2.9 L (3.0 U.S. qt)

    Rear Drive Capacity 250 ml (8.5 fl oz)*

    Front Differential Capacity 275 ml (9.3 fl oz)**

    Engine Oil Capacity (approx) 2.85 L (3.0 U.S. qt) —

    Overhaul

    2.50 L (2.6 U.S. qt) — Change

    Gasoline (recommended) 87 Octane Regular

    Unleaded

    Engine Oil (recommended) Arctic Cat ACX All Weather

    (Synthetic)

    Differential/Rear Drive Lubricant SAE Approved 80W-90

    Hypoid

    Drive Belt Width (minimum) 28.5 mm (1.12 in.)

    Brake Fluid DOT 4

    Taillight/Brakelight 12V/8W/27W

    Headlight 12V/37W (2)

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

    Ignition Timing 10° BTDC @ 1500 RPM

    Spark Plug Cap 5000 ohms

    Ignition Coil (primary)

    Resistance

    (secondary)

    Less than 5.0 ohms

    (terminal (+) to terminal (-))

    12k-19k ohms (high tension —

    plug cap — to terminal (+))

    Ignition Coil Primary Voltage Battery Voltage

    (orange (+) to blue/white(-))

    Stator Coil (crankshaft position sensor)

    Resistance

    (AC generator)

    150-250 ohms (blue to

    green)

    Less than 1 ohm (yellow to

    yellow)

    Crankshaft Position Sensor AC Voltage 2.0 volts or more (blue to

    green)

    AC Generator Output (no load) 75 AC volts @ 5000 RPM

    (yellow to yellow)

    1000

    CHASSIS

    Brake Type Hydraulic w/Brake Lever

    Lock and Auxiliary Brake

    Tire Size

    (Mud Pro)

    (Mud Pro)

    (Cruiser)

    (Cruiser)

    Front — 25 x 9-12

    Rear — 25 x 11-12

    Front — 28 x 9-14

    Rear — 28 x 11-14

    Front — 25 x 8-12

    Rear — 25 x 10-12

    Tire Inflation Pressure 0.35 kg/cm² (5 psi) — Mud Pro

    0.49 kg/cm² (7 psi) — TRV/

    Cruiser

    MISCELLANY

    Spark Plug Type NGK CPR8E

    Spark Plug Gap 0.5-0.6 mm (0.019-0.024 in.)

    Gas Tank Capacity 21.6 L (5.7 U.S. gal.) — FIS

    20.0 L (5.3 U.S. gal.) —

    Cruiser/TRV

    Coolant Capacity 3.3 L (3.5 U.S. qt)

    Differential Capacity 275 ml (9.3 fl oz)*

    Rear Drive Capacity 250 ml (8.5 fl oz)**

    Engine Oil

    Capacity (approx)

    2.6 L (2.75 U.S. qt) —

    Overhaul

    1.9 L (2.0 U.S. qt) — Change

    Gasoline (recommended) 87 Octane Regular

    Unleaded

    Engine Oil (recommended) Arctic Cat ACX All Weather

    (Synthetic)

    Front Differential/Rear Drive Lubricant SAE Approved 80W-90

    Hypoid

    Drive Belt Width (minimum) 35.6 mm (1.40 in.)

    Brake Fluid DOT 4

    Taillight/Brakelight 12V/8W/27W

    Headlight 12V/27W (2)

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

    Ignition Timing 10° BTDC @ 1500 RPM

    Spark Plug Cap 5000 ohms

    Ignition Coil (primary)

    Resistance

    (secondary)

    4.8 ohms (terminal (+) to

    terminal (-))

    12k-19k ohms (high tension —

    plug cap to terminal)

    Ignition Coil

    Primary Voltage

    Battery Voltage

    (orange to ground)

    Stator Coil (crankshaft position sensor)

    Resistance

    (AC generator)

    150-250 ohms (blue to

    green)

    Less than 1 ohm (gray to

    gray)

    Crankshaft Position Sensor

    AC Voltage

    2.0 volts or more

    (blue to green)

    Generator Output (no load) 75 AC volts or more

    @ 5000 RPM (

    black to black

    )

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    1-3

    1

    Torque Specifications

    * w/Blue Loctite #243

    ** w/Red Loctite #271

    *** w/Green Loctite #609

    **** w/Three Bond Sealant

    EXHAUST COMPONENTS

    Part Part Bolted To Torque

    ft-lb N-m

    Exhaust Pipe Engine 20 27

    Spark Arrester Muffler 48

    in.-lb

    5.5

    ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

    Engine/Harness Ground Cap

    Screw

    Crankcase 8 11

    Coil Air Filter Housing 7 10

    STEERING COMPONENTS

    Steering Post Bearing

    Housing

    Frame 20 27

    Steering Post Bearing Flange Frame 20 27

    Lower Steering Bearing

    Washer Cap Screw***

    Steering Post 40 54

    Tie Rod End Knuckle/Steering Post 30 41

    EPS Housing Frame 35 47

    BRAKE COMPONENTS

    Brake Disc* Hub 15 20

    Brake Hose Caliper 20 27

    Brake Hose (Banjo-Fitting) Master Cylinder 20 27

    Brake Hose Auxiliary Brake Cylinder 20 27

    Master Cylinder (Rear) Frame 12 16

    Hydraulic Caliper Knuckle

    (w/“Patch-Lock”)

    20 27

    Master Cylinder Clamp Master Cylinder 6 8

    Brake Pedal Brake Pedal Axle 25 34

    CHASSIS COMPONENTS

    Footrest Frame (8 mm) 20 27

    Footrest Frame (10 mm) 40 54

    SUSPENSION COMPONENTS (Front)

    A-Arm Frame 50 68

    Knuckle Ball Joint 35 47

    Shock Absorber Frame/Upper A-Arm 50 68

    Knuckle A-Arm 50 68

    SUSPENSION COMPONENTS (Rear)

    Shock Absorber (Upper) Frame 50 68

    Shock Absorber (Lower) Lower A-Arm 20 27

    A-Arm Frame 50 68

    Knuckle (450) A-Arm 35 47

    Knuckle (1000) A-Arm 50 68

    DRIVE TRAIN COMPONENTS

    (450)

    Part Part Bolted To Torque

    ft-lb N-m

    Engine Mounting Through-Bolt Frame 35 47

    Front Differential Frame/Differential

    Bracket

    38 52

    Output Flange Rear Flange Output

    Joint

    20 27

    Pinion Housing Differential Housing 23 31

    Differential Housing Cover*** Differential Housing 23 31

    Drive Bevel Gear Nut** Shaft 72 98

    Lock Collar Differential Housing 125 169

    Hub Hex Nut Shaft/Axle (max) 200 272

    Oil Drain Plug Front Differential/Rear

    Drive

    45

    in.-lb

    5

    Oil Fill Plug Front Differential/Rear

    Drive

    16 22

    Oil Drain Plug Engine 16 22

    Rear Drive Input Shaft/Housing Differential Housing 23 31

    Wheel (Steel) Hub 40 54

    Wheel (Aluminum) Hub 80 108

    Rear Drive Gear Case Frame 38 52

    Engine Output Shaft** Rear Gear Case Input

    Flange

    20 27

    ENGINE/TRANSMISSION

    (450)

    Clutch Shoe** Crankshaft 147 199

    Clutch Cover/Housing

    Assembly

    Crankcase 8 11

    Left-Side Cover Crankcase 8 11

    Crankcase Half (6 mm) Crankcase Half 10 13.5

    Crankcase Half (8 mm) Crankcase Half 21 28

    Cylinder Nut Crankcase Half 8 11

    Cylinder Head (Cap Screw) Crankcase 28 38

    Cylinder Head Nut Cylinder 20 27

    Valve Cover**** Cylinder Head 8 11

    Oil Pump Drive Gear** Crankshaft 63 86

    Driven Pulley Nut** Driveshaft 147 199

    Ground Cable Engine 8 11

    Output Shaft Flange Nut Output Shaft 59 80

    Magneto Rotor Nut Crankshaft 107 146

    Cam Sprocket** Camshaft 11 15

    Cam Chain Tensioner Guide Cylinder 11 15

    Stator Coil** Crankcase 8 11

    Starter Motor Crankcase 8 11

    V-Belt Cover Crankcase 8 11

    Valve Adjuster Jam Nut Valve Adjuster 7 9.5

    Oil Fitting Engine 8 11

    Oil Pump** Crankcase 8 11

    Tappet Cover Valve Cover 8 11

    Cam Chain Tensioner Cylinder 10 13.5

    Magneto Cover Crankcase 8 11

    Rear Driveline Output Drive Flange 20 27

    Starter One-Way Clutch** Flywheel 26 35

    Movable Drive Face Nut** Clutch Shaft 147 199

    Water Pump Cover/Housing Magneto Cover 8 11

    Water Pump Drive Gear Crankshaft 28 38

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    1-4

    * w/Blue Loctite #243

    ** w/Red Loctite #271

    *** w/Green Loctite #609

    **** w/Three Bond Sealant

    Torque Conversions

    (ft-lb/N-m)

    Break-In Procedure

    A new ATV and an overhauled ATV engine require a

    “break-in” period. The first 10 hours (or 200 miles) are

    most critical to the life of this ATV. Proper operation dur

    ing this break-in period will help assure maximum life

    and performance from the ATV.

    During the first 10 hours (or 200 miles) of operation,

    always use less than 1/2 throttle. Varying the engine

    RPM during the break-in period allows the components

    to “load” (aiding the mating process) and then “unload”

    (allowing components to cool). Although it is essential to

    place some stress on the engine components during

    break-in, care should be taken not to overload the engine

    too often. Do not pull a trailer or carry heavy loads dur-

    ing the 10-hour break-in period.

    When the engine starts, allow it to warm up properly. Idle

    the engine several minutes until the engine has reached

    normal operating temperature. Do not idle the engine for

    excessively long periods of time.

    DRIVE TRAIN COMPONENTS (1000)

    Part Part Bolted To Torque

    ft-lb N-m

    Engine Mount (Rear) Frame 45 61

    Front Differential Frame/Differential

    Bracket

    38 52

    Rear Gear Case Frame 38 52

    Pinion Housing Differential Housing 23 31

    Differential Housing Cover*** Differential Housing 23 31

    Lock Collar Differential Housing 125 169

    Hub Nut Shaft/Axle (max) 200 272

    Oil Drain Plug Front Differential/

    Rear Drive

    45

    in.-lb

    5

    Oil Fill Plug Front Differential/

    Rear Drive

    16 22

    Oil Drain Plug Engine 16 22

    Wheel (Steel) Hub 40 54

    Wheel (Aluminum) Hub 80 108

    Rear Drive Input Shaft/Housing Differential Housing 23 31

    Rear Output Drive Flange Rear Yoke Flange 20 27

    Shift Cam Stopper Shift Stopper 8 11

    Shift Cam Plate Shift Cam Shaft 8 11

    Shifter Housing Crankcase 8 11

    Engine Output Shaft** Rear Gear Case

    Input Flange

    20 27

    ENGINE/TRANSMISSION (1000)

    Clutch Shoe** Crankshaft 221 300

    Clutch Cover/Housing Assembly Crankcase 811

    Crankcase Half Crankcase Half 811

    Crankcase Lower Cover (6 mm) Crankcase 811

    Crankcase Lower Cover (8 mm) Crankcase 20 27

    Cylinder Head (Cap Screw) Crankcase 37 50

    Cylinder Head (6 mm) Cylinder 811

    Cylinder Head (8 mm) Cylinder 18 24

    Cylinder Head Cover Cylinder Head 8.5 11.5

    Driven Pulley Nut** Driveshaft 80 108

    Ground Wire Engine 811

    Magneto Cover Crankcase 811

    Oil Filler Cover Crankcase 811

    Speed Sensor Housing Crankcase 811

    Starter Motor Crankcase 811

    V-Belt Housing Crankcase 811

    Intake Manifold Cylinder 811

    Output Shaft Yoke Nut Output Shaft 59 80

    Rotor/Flywheel Nut Crankshaft 107 145

    Cam Sprocket** Camshaft 10 13.5

    V-Belt Cover Clutch Cover 811

    Movable Drive Face Nut** Clutch Shaft 165 224

    Oil Pump Cover* Crankcase 811

    Oil Strainer Cap Crankcase 811

    Shift Cam Stopper Crankcase 811

    Shift Cam Stopper Spring Shift Cam Stopper 811

    Shift Cam Plate Shift Cam Shaft 811

    Shifter Housing Crankcase 811

    Secondary Drive Gear Nut Gear 74 100

    Starter One-Way Clutch** Flywheel 26 35

    Output Yoke Nut Output Shaft 74 100

    ft-lb N-m ft-lb N-m ft-lb N-m ft-lb N-m

    11.4 26 35.4 51 69.4 76 103.4

    22.7 27 36.7 52 70.7 77 104.7

    34.1 28 38.1 53 72.1 78 106.1

    45.4 29 39.4 54 73.4 79 107.4

    56.8 30 40.8 55 74.8 80 108.8

    68.2 31 42.2 56 76.2 81 110.2

    79.5 32 43.5 57 77.5 82 111.5

    810.9 33 44.9 58 78.9 83 112.9

    912.2 34 46.2 59 80.2 84 114.2

    10 13.6 35 47.6 60 81.6 85 115.6

    11 15 36 49 61 83 86 117

    12 16.3 37 50.3 62 84.3 87 118.3

    13 17.7 38 51.7 63 85.7 88 119.7

    14 19 39 53 64 87 89 121

    15 20.4 40 54.4 65 88.4 90 122.4

    16 21.8 41 55.8 66 89.8 91 123.8

    17 23.1 42 57.1 67 91.1 92 125.1

    18 24.5 43 58.5 68 92.5 93 126.5

    19 25.8 44 59.8 69 93.8 94 127.8

    20 27.2 45 61.2 70 95.2 95 129.2

    21 28.6 46 62.6 71 96.6 96 130.6

    22 29.9 47 63.9 72 97.9 97 131.9

    23 31.3 48 65.3 73 99.3 98 133.3

    24 32.6 49 66.6 74 100.6 99 134.6

    25 34 50 68 75 102 100 136

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    1-5

    1

    During the break-in period, a maximum of 1/2 throttle is

    recommended; however, brief full-throttle accelerations

    and variations in driving speeds contribute to good

    engine break-in.

    After the completion of the break-in period, the engine

    oil and oil filter should be changed. Other maintenance

    after break-in should include checking of all prescribed

    adjustments and tightening of all fasteners (see Periodic

    Maintenance Chart in Section 2).

    Gasoline — Oil — Lubricant

    RECOMMENDED GASOLINE

    The recommended gasoline to use is 87 minimum octane

    regular unleaded. In many areas, oxygenates (either etha

    nol or MTBE) are added to the gasoline. Oxygenated

    gasolines containing up to 10% ethanol, 5% methane, or

    5% MTBE are acceptable gasolines.

    When using ethanol blended gasoline, it is not necessary

    to add a gasoline antifreeze since ethanol will prevent the

    accumulation of moisture in the fuel system.

    RECOMMENDED ENGINE/

    TRANSMISSION OIL

    The recommended oil to use is Arctic Cat ACX All

    Weather synthetic engine oil, which has been specifically

    formulated for use in this Arctic Cat engine. Although

    Arctic Cat ACX All Weather synthetic engine oil is the

    only oil recommended for use in this engine, use of any

    API certified SM 0W-40 oil is acceptable.

    OILCHARTJ

    RECOMMENDED FRONT

    DIFFERENTIAL/REAR DRIVE

    LUBRICANT

    The recommended lubricant is Arctic Cat Gear Lube or

    an equivalent gear lube which is SAE approved 80W-90

    hypoid. This lubricant meets all of the lubrication

    requirements of the Arctic Cat ATV front differentials

    and rear drives.

    FILLING GAS TANK

    Since gasoline expands as its temperature rises, the gas

    tank must be filled to its rated capacity only. Expansion

    room must be maintained in the tank particularly if the

    tank is filled with cold gasoline and then moved to a

    warm area.

    ATV0049B

    Tighten the gas tank cap securely after filling the tank.

    Genuine Parts

    When replacement of parts is necessary, use only genuine

    Arctic Cat ATV parts. They are precision-made to ensure

    high quality and correct fit. Refer to the appropriate Illus-

    trated Parts Manual for the correct part number, quantity,

    and description.

    CAUTION

    Do not use white gas. Only Arctic Cat approved gaso-

    line additives should be used.

    CAUTION

    Any oil used in place of the recommended oil could

    cause serious engine damage. Do not use oils which

    contain graphite or molybdenum additives. These oils

    can adversely affect clutch operation. Also, not recom-

    mended are racing, vegetable, non-detergent, and cas-

    tor-based oils.

    CAUTION

    Any lubricant used in place of the recommended lubri-

    cant could cause serious front differential/rear drive

    damage.

    ! WARNING

    Always fill the gas tank in a well-ventilated area. Never

    add fuel to the ATV gas tank near any open flames or

    with the engine running. DO NOT SMOKE while filling

    the gas tank.

    ! WARNING

    Do not overflow gasoline when filling the gas tank. A

    fire hazard could materialize. Always allow the engine to

    cool before filling the gas tank.

    ! WARNING

    Do not over-fill the gas tank.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    1-6

    Preparation For Storage

    Arctic Cat recommends the following procedure to pre-

    pare the ATV for storage.

    1. Clean the seat cushion (cover and base) with a

    damp cloth and allow it to dry.

    2. Clean the ATV thoroughly by washing dirt, oil,

    grass, and other foreign matter from the entire

    ATV. Allow the ATV to dry thoroughly. DO NOT

    get water into any part of the engine or air intake.

    3. Either drain the gas tank or add Fuel Stabilizer to

    the gas in the gas tank. Remove the air filter hous-

    ing cover and air filter. Start the engine and allow

    it to idle; then using Arctic Cat Engine Storage

    Preserver, rapidly inject the preserver into the air

    filter opening for a period of 10 to 20 seconds.

    Stop the engine. Install the air filter and housing

    cover.

    4. Plug the exhaust hole in the exhaust system with a

    clean cloth.

    5. Apply light oil to the upper steering post bushing

    and plungers of the shock absorbers.

    6. Tighten all nuts, bolts, cap screws, and screws.

    Make sure rivets holding components together are

    tight. Replace all loose rivets. Care must be taken

    that all calibrated nuts, cap screws, and bolts are

    tightened to specifications.

    7. Fill the cooling system to the bottom of the stand

    pipe in the radiator neck with properly mixed

    coolant.

    8. Disconnect the battery cables; then remove the

    battery, clean the battery posts and cables, and

    store in a clean, dry area.

    9. Store the ATV indoors in a level position.

    Preparation After

    Storage

    Taking the ATV out of storage and correctly preparing it

    will assure many miles and hours of trouble-free riding.

    Arctic Cat recommends the following procedure to pre-

    pare the ATV.

    1. Clean the ATV thoroughly.

    2. Clean the engine. Remove the cloth from the

    exhaust system.

    3. Check all control wires and cables for signs of

    wear or fraying. Replace if necessary.

    4. Change the engine/transmission oil and filter.

    5. Check the coolant level and add properly mixed

    coolant as necessary.

    6. Charge the battery; then install. Connect the bat-

    tery cables.

    7. Check the entire brake systems (fluid level, pads,

    etc.), all controls, headlights, taillight, brakelight,

    and headlight aim; adjust or replace as necessary.

    8. Tighten all nuts, bolts, cap screws, and screws

    making sure all calibrated nuts, cap screws, and

    bolts are tightened to specifications.

    9. Check tire pressure. Inflate to recommended pres-

    sure as necessary.

    10. Make sure the steering moves freely and does not

    bind.

    11. Check the spark plug(s). Clean or replace as nec-

    essary.

    CAUTION

    Prior to storing the ATV, it must be properly serviced to

    prevent rusting and component deterioration.

    CAUTION

    If the interior of the air filter housing is dirty, clean the

    area before starting the engine.

    CAUTION

    Avoid storing outside in direct sunlight and avoid using

    a plastic cover as moisture will collect on the ATV caus-

    ing rusting.

    CAUTION

    The ignition switch must be in the OFF position prior to

    installing the battery or damage may occur to the igni-

    tion system.

    CAUTION

    Connect the positive battery cable first; then the nega-

    tive.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-1

    2

    SECTION 2 —

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Periodic Maintenance Chart…………………….……….. 2-2

    Periodic Maintenance……………………….……………... 2-3

    Lubrication Points..…………….…………….………….….. 2-3

    Air Filter….………….…………….…………….……………... 2-3

    Valve/Tappet Clearance ……………………………….….. 2-4

    Testing Engine Compression ………….…………….….. 2-5

    Spark Plug(s) ………………………………….………….….. 2-5

    Muffler/Spark Arrester ……………………………………... 2-6

    Engine/Transmission Oil — Filter — Strainer ………….. 2-6

    Liquid Cooling System ………….………….……………... 2-7

    Front Differential/Rear Drive Lubricant ……………….. 2-9

    Nuts/Bolts/Cap Screws………….…………….…………... 2-9

    Headlights/Taillight-Brakelight ……………………….….. 2-9

    Shift Lever ……….…………….………….…………….…… 2-11

    Hydraulic Brake Systems ………………….……………. 2-11

    Burnishing Brake Pads….…………….…………….…… 2-13

    Checking/Replacing V-Belt….…………….……………. 2-13

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-2

    Periodic Maintenance

    Chart

    A = Adjust I = Inspect

    C = Clean L = Lubricate

    D = Drain R = Replace

    T = Tighten

    * Service/Inspect more frequently when operating in adverse conditions.

    ** When using an API certified SM 0W-40 oil.

    *** When using Arctic Cat ACX All Weather synthetic oil, oil change interval can be increased to every 1,000 miles or every year.

    Item

    Initial Service

    After Break-In

    (First Month or

    100 Miles)

    Every

    Day

    Every

    Month or

    Every 100

    Miles

    Every 3

    Months or

    Every 300

    Miles

    Every 6

    Months or

    Every 500

    Miles

    Every Year

    or Every

    1500 Miles

    As Needed

    Battery I I C

    Fuses IR

    Air Filter I I R

    Valve/Tappet Clearance I I A

    Engine Compression I

    Spark Plug(s) I I R

    (4000 Mi or 18 Mo)

    Muffler/Spark Arrester CR

    Gas/Vent Hoses I I R (2 Yrs)

    Throttle Cable I I C-L A-R

    Engine-Transmission Oil Level I A

    Engine-Transmission Oil/Filter R R*/R**/R*** R

    Oil Strainer C

    Front Differential/Rear Drive Lubricant I I R (4 Yrs)

    Tires/Air Pressure I I R

    Steering Components I I I R

    V-Belt I l R

    Suspension (Ball joint boots, drive axle

    boots front and rear, tie rods,

    differential and rear drive bellows)

    II R

    Nuts/Cap Screws/Screws I I T

    Ignition Timing I

    Headlight/Taillight-Brakelight I I R

    Switches I I R

    Shift Lever IAL

    Handlebar Grips I R

    Handlebar I I R

    Gauges/Indicators I I R

    Frame/Welds/Racks I l

    Electrical Connections I l C

    Complete Brake System (Hydraulic &

    Auxiliary)

    II C LR

    Brake Pads I I* R

    Brake Fluid I I R (2 Yrs)

    Brake Hoses I I R (4 Yrs)

    Coolant/Cooling System I I R (2 Yrs)

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-3

    2

    Periodic Maintenance

    This section has been organized into sub-sections which

    show common maintenance procedures for the Arctic Cat

    ATV.

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends the use of new gas-

    kets, lock nuts, and seals and lubricating all internal

    components when servicing the engine/transmission.

    NOTE: Some photographs and illustrations used in

    this section are used for clarity purposes only and

    are not designed to depict actual conditions.

    NOTE: Critical torque specifications are located in

    Section 1.

    SPECIAL TOOLS

    A number of special tools must be available to the techni

    cian when performing service procedures in this section.

    NOTE: Special tools are available from the Arctic

    Cat Service Department.

    Lubrication Points

    It is advisable to lubricate certain components periodi-

    cally to ensure free movement. Apply light oil to the

    components using the following list as reference.

    A. Throttle Lever Pivot

    B. Brake Lever Pivot

    C. Auxiliary Brake Pedal Pivot

    Air Filter

    Use the following procedure to remove the filter and

    inspect and/or clean it.

    1. Remove the fasteners securing the storage compart-

    ment and remove the storage compartment.

    2. Remove the air filter housing cover and the air fil-

    ter/frame assembly.

    3. Remove the foam element from the frame making

    sure not to tear the element.

    FI515

    GZ019

    4. Fill a wash pan larger than the element with a

    non-flammable solvent; then dip the element in the

    solvent and wash it.

    NOTE: Foam Air Filter Cleaner and Foam Air Filter

    Oil are available from Arctic Cat.

    5. Squeeze the element by pressing it between the

    palms of both hands to remove excess solvent. Do

    not twist or ring the element or it will develop

    cracks.

    6. Dry the element.

    7. Put the element in a plastic bag; then pour in air filter

    oil and work the oil into the element.

    8. Squeeze the element to remove excess oil.

    9. Clean any dirt or debris from inside the air cleaner.

    10. Install the air filter/frame assembly and cover.

    11. Install the storage compartment and cover.

    CHECKING AND CLEANING DRAINS

    1. Inspect the drains beneath the main housing for

    debris and for proper sealing.

    Description p/n

    Compression Tester Kit 0444-213

    Oil Filter Wrench 0644-389

    Tachometer 0644-275

    Timing Light 0644-296

    Valve Clearance Adjuster 0444-255

    CAUTION

    A torn air filter can cause damage to the ATV engine.

    Dirt and dust may get inside the engine if the element is

    torn. Carefully examine the element for tears before and

    after cleaning it. Replace the element with a new one if it

    is torn.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-4

    KX045A

    2. Replace any drain that is cracked or shows any signs

    of hardening or deterioration.

    3. Wipe any accumulation of oil or gas from the filter

    housing and drains.

    Valve/Tappet Clearance

    To check and adjust valve/tappet clearance, use the fol-

    lowing procedure.

    1. Remove the timing inspection plug; then remove the

    tappet covers and spark plug(s) (for more detailed

    information, see Section 3 — Servicing Top-Side

    Components).

    NOTE: On the 1000 models, remove the crankshaft

    end cap and install the special cap screw (left-hand

    threads) to rotate the engine.

    2. Rotate the crankshaft to the TDC position on the

    compression stroke (front cylinder on the 1000 mod-

    els).

    GZ063

    NOTE: At this point, the rocker arms and adjuster

    screws must not have pressure on them.

    Feeler Gauge Procedure

    Using a feeler gauge, check each valve/tappet

    clearance. If clearance is not within specifica-

    tions, loosen the jam nut and rotate the tappet

    adjuster screw until the clearance is within speci-

    fications. Tighten each jam nut securely after

    completing the adjustment.

    CC007DC

    B. On the 1000 models, rotate the engine 270° to the

    TDC position of the rear cylinder; then repeat step

    A.

    GZ059

    Valve Adjuster Procedure

    NOTE: The seat, storage compartment cover

    assembly, compartment box, air filter/filter housing,

    and left-side/right-side splash panels must be

    removed for this procedure.

    A. Place Valve Clearance Adjuster onto the jam nut

    securing the tappet adjuster screw; then rotate the

    valve adjuster dial clockwise until the end is

    seated in the tappet adjuster screw.

    CAUTION

    The drain to the right is the clean air section of the filter

    housing. Any leak of this drain will allow dirt into the

    engine intake causing severe engine damage.

    CAUTION

    The feeler gauge must be positioned at the same angle

    as the valve and valve adjuster for an accurate measure-

    ment of clearance. Failure to measure the valve clear-

    ance accurately could cause valve component damage.

    VALVE/TAPPET CLEARANCE

    450 0.08-0.12 mm (0.003-0.005 in.) — Intake

    0.15-0.20 mm (0.006-0.008 in.) — Exhaust

    1000 0.08-0.12 mm (0.003-0.005 in.) — Intake

    0.13-0.17 mm (0.005-0.007 in.) — Exhaust

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-5

    2

    B. While holding the valve adjuster dial in place, use

    the valve adjuster handle and loosen the jam nut;

    then rotate the tappet adjuster screw clockwise

    until friction is felt.

    C. Align the valve adjuster handle with one of the

    marks on the valve adjuster dial.

    D. While holding the valve adjuster handle in place,

    rotate the valve adjuster dial counterclockwise

    until proper valve/tappet clearance is attained.

    NOTE: Refer to the appropriate specifications in

    Feeler Gauge Procedure sub-section for the proper

    valve/tappet clearance.

    NOTE: Rotating the valve adjuster dial counter-

    clockwise will open the valve/tappet clearance by

    0.05 mm (0.002 in.) per mark.

    E. While holding the adjuster dial at the proper

    clearance setting, tighten the jam nut securely

    with the valve adjuster handle.

    F. Rotate the engine 270° to the TDC position of the

    rear cylinder; then repeat steps A-E for the rear

    cylinder.

    3. Install the timing inspection plug; then on the 1000

    models, remove the cap screw and install the crank-

    case end cap.

    4. Place the tappet covers into position making sure the

    proper cap screws are with the proper cover. Tighten

    the cap screws securely.

    5. Install the spark plug(s).

    Testing Engine

    Compression

    To test engine compression, use the following procedure.

    1. Remove the high tension lead(s) from the spark

    plug(s).

    2. Using compressed air, blow any debris from around

    the spark plug(s).

    3. Remove the spark plug(s); then attach the high ten-

    sion lead(s) to the plug(s) and ground the plug(s) on

    the cylinder head(s) well away from the spark plug

    hole(s).

    4. Attach the Compression Tester Kit.

    NOTE: The engine should be warm (operating tem-

    perature) and the battery fully charged for an accu-

    rate compression test. Throttle must be in the

    wide-open throttle (WOT) position. In the event the

    engine cannot be run, cold values are included.

    5. While holding the throttle lever in the full-open posi-

    tion, crank the engine over with the electric starter

    until the gauge shows a peak reading (five to 10

    compression strokes).

    6. If compression is abnormally low, inspect the

    following items.

    A. Verify starter cranks engine over at normal speed

    (approximately 400 RPM).

    B. Gauge functioning properly.

    C. Throttle lever in the full-open position.

    D. Valve/tappet clearance correct.

    E. Engine warmed up.

    F. Intake not restricted.

    NOTE: To service valves, see Section 3.

    7. Pour 29.5 ml (1 fl oz) of oil into the spark plug hole,

    reattach the gauge, and retest compression.

    8. If compression is now evident, service the piston

    rings (see Section 3).

    Spark Plug(s)

    A light brown insulator indicates that a plug is correct. A

    white or dark insulator indicates that the engine may need

    to be serviced. To maintain a hot, strong spark, keep the

    plug free of carbon.

    ATV-0051

    Adjust the gap to correct specification (see Section 1 for

    proper type and gap). Use a feeler gauge to check the gap.

    ! WARNING

    Always wear safety glasses when using compressed

    air.

    COMPRESSION

    Model PSI Hot (WOT) PSI Cold (WOT)

    450 95-115 N/A

    1000 (Front) 125-145 80-120

    1000 (Rear) 165-185 150-190

    CAUTION

    Before removing a spark plug, be sure to clean the area

    around the spark plug. Dirt could enter engine when

    removing or installing the spark plug.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-6

    ATV0052

    When installing the spark plug, be sure to tighten it

    securely. A new spark plug should be tightened 1/2 turn

    once the washer contacts the cylinder head. A used spark

    plug should be tightened 1/8 — 1/4 turn once the washer

    contacts the cylinder head.

    Muffler/Spark Arrester

    At the intervals shown in the Periodic Maintenance

    Chart, clean the spark arrester using the following proce-

    dure.

    1. Remove the three cap screws securing the spark

    arrester assembly to the muffler; then loosen and

    remove the arrester.

    CF105A

    2. Using a suitable brush, clean the carbon deposits

    from the screen taking care not to damage the screen.

    NOTE: If the screen or gasket is damaged in any

    way, it must be replaced.

    3. Install the spark arrester assembly with gasket; then

    secure with the three cap screws. Tighten to 48 in.-lb.

    CF104

    Engine/Transmission

    Oil — Filter — Strainer

    OIL — FILTER

    The engine should always be warm when the oil is

    changed so the oil will drain easily and completely.

    1. Park the ATV on level ground.

    2. Remove the oil level stick/filler plug.

    KC372A

    GZ415A

    3. Remove the drain plug from the bottom of the engine

    and drain the oil into a drain pan.

    ! WARNING

    Wait until the muffler cools to avoid burns.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-7

    2

    733-441A

    4. Remove the oil filter plug from the filter mounting

    boss (located on the front side of the transmission

    case) and allow the filter to drain completely. Install

    the plug and tighten securely.

    5. Using the adjustable Oil Filter Wrench and a suitable

    wrench, remove the old oil filter.

    NOTE: Clean up any excess oil after removing the

    filter.

    6. Apply oil to a new filter O-ring and check to make

    sure it is positioned correctly; then install the new oil

    filter. Tighten securely.

    NOTE: Install a new O-ring each time the filter is

    replaced.

    7. Install the engine drain plug and tighten to 16 ft-lb.

    Pour the specified amount of the recommended oil in

    the filler hole. Install the oil level stick/filler plug.

    8. Start the engine (while the ATV is outside on level

    ground) and allow it to idle for a few minutes.

    9. Turn the engine off and wait approximately one min

    ute.

    10. Remove the oil level stick and wipe it with a clean

    cloth.

    11. Install the oil level stick and thread into the engine

    case.

    12. Remove the oil level stick; the oil level must be

    within the operating range but not exceeding the

    upper mark.

    GZ461A

    13. Inspect the area around the drain plug and oil filter

    for leaks.

    Liquid Cooling System

    NOTE: Debris in front of the engine or packed

    between the cooling fins of the radiator can reduce

    cooling capability. Using a garden hose, wash the

    radiator to remove any debris preventing air flow.

    The cooling system capacity can be found in Section 1.

    The cooling system should be inspected daily for leakage

    and damage. If leakage or damage is detected, take the

    ATV to an authorized Arctic Cat ATV dealer for service.

    Also, the coolant level should be checked periodically.

    NOTE: High engine RPM, low vehicle speed, or

    heavy load can raise engine temperature. Decreasing

    engine RPM, reducing load, and selecting an appro-

    priate transmission gear can lower the temperature.

    When filling the cooling system, use a coolant/water

    mixture which will satisfy the coldest anticipated weather

    conditions of the area in accordance with the coolant

    manufacturers recommendations. While the cooling sys-

    tem is being filled, air pockets may develop; therefore,

    run the engine for five minutes after the initial fill, shut

    the engine off, and then fill the cooling system to the bot-

    tom of the stand pipe in the radiator neck.

    CAUTION

    Any oil used in place of the recommended oil could

    cause serious engine damage. Do not use oils which

    contain graphite or molybdenum additives. These oils

    can adversely affect clutch operation. Also, not recom-

    mended are racing, vegetable, non-detergent, and cas-

    tor-based oils.

    CAUTION

    Do not over-fill the engine with oil. Always make sure

    that the oil level is not above the upper mark.

    CAUTION

    Arctic Cat does not recommend using a pressure

    washer to clean the radiator core. The pressure may

    bend or flatten the fins causing restricted air flow, and

    electrical components on the radiator could be dam-

    aged. Use only a garden hose with spray nozzle at nor-

    mal tap pressure.

    CAUTION

    Continued operation of the ATV with high engine tem-

    perature may result in engine damage or premature

    wear.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-8

    Checking/Filling

    1. On the 1000 models, remove the two screws from

    the front of the radiator access panel. On the 450

    models, remove the four screws securing the radiator

    access panel.

    FI465A

    FI476

    2. On the 1000 models, lift the front of the access

    panel; then slide the panel forward to disengage the

    two rear tabs.

    3. On the 1000 models, move the panel rearward until

    free of the rack. On the 450 models, move the panel

    forward until free of the ATV.

    NOTE: Steps 4-6 are for Mud Pro models; for other

    models, proceed to step 7.

    4. Remove four cap screws securing the snorkel hous-

    ing to the front inspection panel; then remove two

    cap screws from the rear of the snorkel housing.

    MP006A

    MP007A

    5. Separate the front of the snorkel housing from the

    rear; then remove the snorkel housing.

    MP003

    6. Remove two reinstallable rivets and remove the

    splash guard. The radiator cap can now be accessed

    in front of the snorkels.

    7. Carefully rotate the radiator cap counterclockwise to

    release pressure; then remove the cap.

    CF142A

    8. Add coolant as necessary; then install the radiator

    cap and access panel or snorkel housing.

    NOTE: Use a good quality, biodegradable gly-

    col-based, automotive-type antifreeze.

    ! WARNING

    Never check the coolant level when the engine is hot or

    the cooling system is under pressure.

    CAUTION

    After operating the ATV for the initial 5-10 minutes, stop

    the engine, allow the engine to cool down, and check

    the coolant level. Add coolant as necessary.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-9

    2

    Front Differential/Rear

    Drive Lubricant

    NOTE: On the 1000 models, the rear drive incorpo-

    rates a shock-limiting clutch pack in the gear case

    input assembly that is designed to cushion driveline

    shock.

    When changing the lubricant, use approved SAE 80W-90

    hypoid gear lube.

    To check lubricant, remove the fill plug; the lubricant

    level should be 1 in. below the threads of the plug. If low,

    add SAE approved 80W-90 hypoid gear lubricant as nec-

    essary.

    To change the lubricant, use the following procedure.

    1. Place the ATV on level ground.

    2. Remove each fill plug.

    AL677C

    3. Drain the lubricant into a drain pan by removing in

    turn the drain plug from each.

    ATV0082A

    737-651B

    4. After all the lubricant has been drained, install the

    drain plugs and tighten to 45 in.-lb.

    5. Pour the appropriate amount of approved SAE

    80W-90 hypoid gear lubricant into the filler hole.

    NOTE: If the differential/rear drive lubricant is con-

    taminated with water, inspect the drain plug, fill plug,

    and/or bladder.

    6. Install the fill plugs; then tighten to 16 ft-lb.

    Nuts/Bolts/Cap Screws

    Tighten all nuts, bolts, and cap screws. Make sure rivets

    holding components together are tight. Replace all loose riv-

    ets. Care must be taken that all calibrated nuts, bolts, and cap

    screws are tightened to specifications (see Section 1).

    Headlights/Tail-

    light-Brakelight

    NOTE: The bulb portion of a headlight is fragile.

    HANDLE WITH CARE. When replacing a headlight

    bulb, do not touch the glass portion of the bulb. If the

    glass is touched, it must be cleaned with a dry cloth

    before installing. Skin oil residue on the bulb will

    shorten the life of the bulb.

    To replace a headlight bulb, use the following procedure.

    1. Rotate the bulb assembly counterclockwise and

    remove from the headlight housing; then disconnect

    from the wiring harness.

    CAUTION

    Any lubricant used in place of the recommended gear

    case lubricant could result in premature failure of the

    shock limiter. Do not use any lubricant containing

    graphite or molybdenum additives or other fric-

    tion-modified lubricants as these may cause severe

    damage to shock limiter components.

    CAUTION

    Water entering the outer end of the axle will not be able

    to enter the rear drive unless the seals are damaged.

    ! WARNING

    Do not attempt to remove a bulb when it is hot. Severe

    burns may result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-10

    2. Connect the new bulb assembly to the wiring harness

    connector; then insert into the headlight housing and

    rotate fully clockwise.

    To replace the taillight-brakelight bulb, use the following

    procedure.

    1. Turn the bulb socket assembly counterclockwise and

    remove from the housing.

    CF135A

    2. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket; then insert a

    new bulb.

    CF132A

    3. Insert the bulb socket assembly into the housing and

    turn it clockwise to secure.

    CHECKING/ADJUSTING HEADLIGHT

    AIM

    The headlights can be adjusted vertically and horizon-

    tally. The geometric center of the HIGH beam light zone

    is to be used for vertical and horizontal aiming.

    1. Position the ATV on a level floor so the headlights

    are approximately 6.1 m (20 ft) from an aiming sur-

    face (wall or similar aiming surface).

    ATV-0070C

    NOTE: There should be an average operating load

    on the ATV when adjusting the headlight aim.

    2. Measure the distance from the floor to the mid-point

    of each headlight.

    3. Using the measurements obtained in step 2, make

    horizontal marks on the aiming surface.

    4. Make vertical marks which intersect the horizontal

    marks on the aiming surface directly in front of the

    headlights.

    5. Switch on the lights. Make sure the HIGH beam is

    on. DO NOT USE LOW BEAM.

    6. Observe each headlight beam aim. Proper aim is

    when the most intense beam is centered on the verti-

    cal mark 5 cm (2 in.) below the horizontal mark on

    the aiming surface.

    7. Adjust each headlight by turning the adjuster knob

    clockwise to raise the beam or counterclockwise to

    lower the beam.

    CD714A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-11

    2

    Shift Lever

    CHECKING ADJUSTMENT

    CF130B

    Stop the ATV completely and shift the transmission into

    the R position. The reverse gear indicator light should be

    illuminated.

    If the reverse light does not illuminate when shifted to

    the reverse position, the switch may be faulty, the fuse

    may be blown, the bulb may be faulty, a connection may

    be loose or corroded, or the lever may need adjusting. To

    adjust, proceed to Adjusting Shift Lever.

    ADJUSTING SHIFT LEVER

    1. Remove the seat; then remove the left-side engine

    cover.

    2. With the ignition switch in the ON position, loosen

    jam nut (A) (left-hand threads); then loosen jam nut

    (C) and with the shift lever in the reverse position,

    adjust the coupler (B) until the transmission is in

    reverse and the (R) icon appears on the LCD.

    CF258A

    3. Tighten the jam nuts securely; then shift the transmis-

    sion to each position and verify correct adjustment.

    4. Install the left-side engine cover and seat making

    sure the seat locks securely in place.

    NOTE: An E (Error) in the gear position icon indi-

    cates no signal or a poor ground wire connection in

    the circuit. Troubleshoot the harness connectors,

    gear position switch connector, gear position switch,

    and LCD connector.

    Hydraulic Brake Systems

    CHECKING/BLEEDING

    The hydraulic brake systems have been filled and bled at

    the factory. To check and/or bleed a hydraulic brake sys-

    tem, use the following procedure.

    1. With the master cylinder in a level position, check

    the fluid level in the reservoir. On the hand brake if

    the level in the reservoir is adequate, the sight glass

    will appear dark. If the level is low, the sight glass

    will appear clear. On the auxiliary brake, the level

    must be between the MIN and MAX lines on the res-

    ervoir.

    738-420A

    AL681

    2. Compress the brake lever/pedal several times to

    check for a firm brake. If the brake is not firm, the

    system must be bled.

    3. To bleed the main brake system, use the following

    procedure.

    A. Remove the cover and fill the reservoir with DOT

    4 Brake Fluid; then install and secure the cover.

    B. Slowly compress the brake lever several times.

    ! WARNING

    Never shift the ATV into reverse gear when the ATV is

    moving as it could cause the ATV to stop suddenly

    throwing the operator from the ATV.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-12

    C. Remove the protective cap, install one end of a

    clear hose onto one FRONT bleeder screw, and

    direct the other end into a container; then while

    holding slight pressure on the brake lever, open

    the bleeder screw and watch for air bubbles. Close

    the bleeder screw before releasing the brake lever.

    Repeat this procedure until no air bubbles are

    present.

    AF637D

    PR377C

    NOTE: During the bleeding procedure, watch the

    sight glass very closely to make sure there is always

    a sufficient amount of brake fluid. If low, refill the res-

    ervoir before the bleeding procedure is continued.

    Failure to maintain a sufficient amount of fluid in the

    reservoir will result in air in the system.

    D. At this point, perform step B and C on the other

    FRONT bleeder screw; then move to the REAR

    bleeder screw and follow the same procedure.

    E. Repeat step D until the brake lever is firm.

    4. To bleed the auxiliary brake system, use the follow-

    ing procedure.

    A. Remove the cover and fill the reservoir with DOT

    4 Brake Fluid; then install and secure the cover.

    B. Slowly compress the brake pedal several times.

    C. Remove the protective cap, install one end of a

    clear hose onto the rear bleeder screw, and direct

    the other end into a container; then while holding

    slight pressure on the brake pedal, open the

    bleeder screw and watch for air bubbles. Close the

    bleeder screw before releasing the brake pedal.

    Repeat this procedure until no air bubbles are

    present.

    AF637D

    PR377C

    NOTE: During the bleeding procedure, watch the

    reservoir very closely to make sure there is always a

    sufficient amount of brake fluid. If low, refill the reser

    voir before the bleeding procedure is continued. Fail-

    ure to maintain a sufficient amount of fluid in the

    reservoir will result in air in the system.

    D. Repeat step B and C until the brake pedal is firm.

    5. Carefully check the entire hydraulic brake system

    that all hose connections are tight, the bleed screws

    are tight, the protective caps are installed, and no

    leakage is present.

    INSPECTING HOSES

    Carefully inspect the hydraulic brake hoses for cracks or

    other damage. If found, the brake hoses must be replaced.

    CHECKING/REPLACING PADS

    The clearance between the brake pads and brake discs is

    adjusted automatically as the brake pads wear. The only

    maintenance that is required is replacement of the brake

    pads when they show excessive wear. Check the thick-

    ness of each of the brake pads as follows.

    NOTE: As brake pads wear, it may be necessary to

    “top-off” the brake fluid in the reservoir.

    1. Remove a front wheel.

    CAUTION

    This hydraulic brake system is designed to use DOT 4

    brake fluid only. If brake fluid must be added, care must

    be taken as brake fluid is very corrosive to painted sur-

    faces.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-13

    2

    2. Measure the thickness of each brake pad.

    3. If thickness of either brake pad is less than 1.0 mm

    (0.039 in.), the brake pads must be replaced.

    PR376B

    NOTE: The brake pads should be replaced as a set.

    4. To replace the brake pads, use the following procedure.

    A. Remove the wheel.

    B. Remove the cap screws securing the caliper

    holder to the knuckle; then remove the pads.

    PR237

    C. Install the new brake pads.

    D. Secure the caliper to the knuckle and/or axle

    housing with new “patch-lock” cap screws.

    Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    PR377B

    E. Install the wheel. Tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel

    wheels) or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    5. Burnish the brake pads (see Burnishing Brake Pads

    in this section).

    Burnishing Brake Pads

    Brake pads (both hydraulic and auxiliary) must be bur

    nished to achieve full braking effectiveness. Braking dis-

    tance will be extended until brake pads are properly

    burnished. To properly burnish the brake pads, use the

    following procedure.

    1. Choose an area large enough to safely accelerate the

    ATV to 30 mph and to brake to a stop.

    2. Accelerate to 30 mph; then compress brake lever or

    apply the auxiliary brake to decelerate to 0-5 mph.

    3. Repeat procedure on each brake system twenty

    times.

    4. Verify that the brakelight illuminates when the hand

    lever is compressed or the brake pedal is depressed.

    Checking/Replacing

    V-Belt

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the right-side footrest (see Section 8).

    2. Remove the cap screws securing the V-belt cover

    noting the location of the different-lengthed cap

    screws for installing purposes; then using a rubber

    mallet, gently tap on the cover tabs to loosen the

    cover. Remove the cover.

    CD078

    3. Remove the nut securing the movable drive face;

    then remove the face. Account for the flat washer

    and spacer.

    ! WARNING

    Failure to properly burnish the brake pads could lead to

    premature brake pad wear or brake loss. Brake loss can

    result in severe injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-14

    NOTE: Keep the drive face plate in contact with the

    drive face when removing or installing the drive face

    to prevent the rollers from falling out.

    CD963

    CD966A

    4. Install one of the CVT cover cap screws into the

    driven pulley fixed face; then turn the cap screw

    clockwise to spread the pulley faces. Remove the

    V-belt.

    GZ076

    GZ085

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the V-belt into position on the driven pulley

    and over the front shaft.

    GZ085

    NOTE: The arrows on the V-belt should point in

    direction of engine rotation (forward).

    2. Pinch the V-belt together near its center and slide the

    spacer and movable drive face onto the driveshaft.

    Secure the drive face with a washer and nut (coated

    with red Loctite #271). Tighten the nut to 147 ft-lb

    (450 models) or 165 ft-lb (1000 models).

    GZ485A

    CAUTION

    Make sure the movable drive face plate is fully engaged

    onto the splines of the clutch shaft before tightening the

    nut or false torque readings may occur. This will cause

    the assembly to loosen damaging the shaft and clutch

    face plate.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    2-15

    2

    NOTE: At this point, the push-bolt can be removed.

    3. Rotate the V-belt and clutches until the V-belt is

    flush with the top of the driven clutch.

    4. Place the V-belt cover gasket into position; then

    install the cover and secure with the cap screws mak-

    ing sure the different-lengthed cap screws are in their

    proper location. Tighten the cap screws to 8 ft-lb.

    CD083

    5. Install the right-side footrest (see Section 8).

    6. Secure the front fender to the footrest with the two

    cap screws. Tighten securely.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-1

    3

    SECTION 3 — ENGINE/TRANSMISSION

    TABLE OF

    CONTENTS

    Engine/Transmission …………….…………….…………… 3-2

    Specifications (450)…………………….…………….…….. 3-3

    Specifications (1000)…….…………….…………….…….. 3-3

    Troubleshooting …..…………….…………….……………... 3-4

    Table of Contents (450) …………….…………….……….. 3-6

    Table of Contents (1000) …………..…………….……… 3-49

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-2

    Engine/Transmission

    This section has been organized into sub-sections which

    show a progression for the complete servicing of the Arc-

    tic Cat ATV engine/transmission.

    To service the center crankcase halves, the engine/trans-

    mission must be removed from the frame.

    To service top-side, left-side, and right-side components,

    the engine/transmission does not have to be removed

    from the frame.

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends the use of new gas-

    kets, lock nuts, and seals and lubricating all internal

    components when servicing the engine/ transmis-

    sion.

    NOTE: Some photographs and illustrations used in

    this section are used for clarity purposes only and

    are not designed to depict actual conditions.

    NOTE: Critical torque specifications are located in

    Section 1.

    SPECIAL TOOLS

    A number of special tools must be available to the techni-

    cian when performing service procedures in this section.

    Refer to the current Special Tools Catalog for the appro-

    priate tool description.

    NOTE: Special tools are available from the Arctic

    Cat Service Department.

    Description p/n

    Clutch Sleeve Hub Holder 0444-007

    Connecting Rod Holder 0444-006

    Crankcase Separator/Crankshaft Remover 0444-152

    Driven Pulley Compressor 0444-121

    Driven Pulley Compressor 0444-140

    Magneto Rotor Remover Set 0444-254

    Oil Filter Wrench 0644-389

    Piston Pin Puller 0644-328

    Seal Protector Tool 0444-852

    Spanner Wrench 0444-153

    Surface Plate 0644-016

    Valve Clearance Adjuster 0444-255

    V Blocks 0644-535

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-3

    3

    Specifications (450)

    Specifications subject to change without notice.

    Specifications (1000)

    Specifications subject to change without notice.

    VALVES AND GUIDES

    Valve Face Diameter (max) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    35.0 mm

    30.5 mm

    Valve/Tappet Clearance (cold engine) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    0.08-0.12 mm

    0.15-0.20 mm

    Valve Guide/Stem Clearance (max) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    0.1 mm

    0.3 mm

    Valve Guide Inside Diameter 5.000-5.012 mm

    Valve Stem Outside Diameter (intake)

    (exhaust)

    4.975-4.990 mm

    4.955-4.970 mm

    Valve Stem Runout (max) 0.10 mm

    Valve Margin (min) (intake) 1.1 mm

    Valve Face/Seat Width (min) 0.99 mm

    Valve Seat Angle 45° +30’

    Valve Face Radial Runout (max) 0.15 mm

    Valve Spring Free Length (min) 44.73 mm

    Valve Spring Tension @ 32.5 mm (outer) 17.23 kg (37.98 lb)

    CAMSHAFT AND CYLINDER HEAD

    Cam Lobe Height (min) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    34.71 mm

    34.48 mm

    Camshaft Journal/Cylinder Head Clearance(max) 0.074 mm

    Camshaft Journal Holder (right & center)

    Inside Diameter (left)

    22.01-22.04 mm

    17.51-17.54 mm

    Camshaft Journal Outside Diameter (left)

    (right & center)

    17.466-17.480 mm

    21.966- 21.980 mm

    Camshaft Runout (max) 0.03 mm

    Rocker Arm Inside Diameter 10.00-10.15 mm

    Rocker Arm Shaft Outside Diameter 9.972-9.987 mm

    Cylinder Head/Cover Distortion (max) 0.05 mm

    CYLINDER, PISTON, AND RINGS

    Piston Skirt/Cylinder Clearance 0.025-0.055 mm

    Piston Diameter 8 mm from Skirt End 88.96-88.98 mm

    Cylinder Bore 89.005-89.015 mm

    Piston Ring Free End Gap (min) (1st)

    (2nd)

    8.0 mm

    8.3 mm

    Bore x Stroke 89.0 x 71.2 mm

    Cylinder Trueness (max) 0.01 mm

    Piston Ring End Gap — Installed (min) 0.38 mm

    Piston Ring to Groove Clearance (max) (1st/2nd) 0.06 mm

    Piston Ring Groove Width (1st)

    (2nd)

    (oil)

    1.01-1.03 mm

    1.21-1.23 mm

    2.01-2.03 mm

    Piston Ring Thickness (1st)

    (2nd)

    0.97-0.99 mm

    1.17-1.19 mm

    Piston Pin Bore (max) 20.008 mm

    Piston Pin (min) 19.994 mm

    CRANKSHAFT

    Connecting Rod (small end inside diameter)(max) 20.021 mm

    Connecting Rod (big end side-to-side) 0.7 mm

    Connecting Rod (small end deflection) (max) 3.0 mm

    Crankshaft (web-to-web) 60.8-60.9 mm

    Crankshaft Runout (max) 0.03 mm

    VALVES AND GUIDES

    Valve Face Diameter (max) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    31.6 mm

    27.9 mm

    Valve/Tappet Clearance (cold engine) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    0.08-0.12 mm

    0.13-0.17 mm

    Valve Guide/Stem Clearance (max) 0.013 mm

    Valve Guide/Valve Stem Deflection (max)

    (wobble method)

    0.35 mm

    Valve Guide Inside Diameter 5.000-5.012 mm

    Valve Stem Outside Diameter 4.972-4.987 mm

    Valve Stem Runout (max) 0.1 mm

    Valve Head Thickness (min) 2.3 mm

    Valve Face/Seat Width (max) (intake)

    (exhaust)

    2.25 mm

    2.60 mm

    Valve Seat Angle 45° +15’/+30’

    Valve Face Radial Runout (max) 0.2 mm

    Valve Spring Free Length (min) 38.7 mm

    Valve Spring Tension @ 31.5 mm 19.0 kg (42 lb)

    CAMSHAFT AND CYLINDER HEAD

    Cam Lobe Height (min) 33.53 mm

    Camshaft Journal/Cylinder (max)

    Head Clearance

    0.04 mm

    Camshaft Journal Holder (right & center)

    Inside Diameter (left)

    21.98-22.04 mm

    17.48-17.53 mm

    Camshaft Journal Outside (right & center)

    Diameter (left)

    21.96-21.98 mm

    17.47-17.48 mm

    Camshaft Runout (max) 0.05 mm

    Rocker Arm Inside Diameter 12.000-12.018 mm

    Rocker Arm Shaft Outside Diameter 11.97-11.98 mm

    Cylinder Head/Cover Distortion (max) 0.05 mm

    CYLINDER, PISTON, AND RINGS

    Piston Skirt/Cylinder Clearance (max) 0.05 mm

    Cylinder Bore 91.992-92.008 mm

    Piston Diameter 15 mm from Skirt End 91.949-91.959 mm

    Piston Ring End Gap (min) (1st/2nd) 12.5 mm

    Bore x Stroke 92 x 71.5 mm

    Cylinder Trueness (max) 0.075 mm

    Piston Ring End Gap — Installed (max) 0.38 mm

    Piston Ring to Groove Clearance (max) (1st)

    (2nd)

    0.034 mm

    0.033 mm

    Piston Ring Groove Width (1st/2nd)

    (oil)

    1.202-1.204 mm

    2.501-2.503 mm

    Piston Ring Thickness (1st/2nd) 1.170-1.195 mm

    Piston Pin Bore (max) 20.012 mm

    Piston Pin Outside Diameter (min) 19.995 mm

    CRANKSHAFT

    Connecting Rod (max)

    (small end inside diameter)

    20.021 mm

    Connecting Rod (big end side-to-side) (max) 0.95 mm

    Connecting Rod @ 150 mm (max)

    (small end deflection)

    0.3 mm

    Crankshaft (web-to-web) (max) 98 mm

    Crankshaft Runout (max) 0.03 mm

    Oil Pump Gerotor Clearance (max) 0.15 mm

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-4

    Troubleshooting

    Problem: Engine will not start or is hard to start (Compression too low)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Valve clearance out of adjustment

    2. Valve guides worn

    3. Valve timing incorrect

    4. Piston rings worn excessively

    5. Cylinder bore worn

    6. Starter motor cranks too slowly — does not turn

    1. Adjust clearance

    2. Repair — replace guides

    3. Replace cam chain/sprocket and retime engine

    4. Replace rings

    5. Replace cylinder

    6. See Section 5 — Troubleshooting

    Problem: Engine will not start or is hard to start (No spark)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Spark plug fouled

    2. Spark plug wet

    3. Magneto defective

    4. ECU defective

    5. Ignition coil defective

    6. High-tension lead open — shorted

    1. Clean — replace plug

    2. Clean — dry plug

    3. Replace stator coil

    4. Replace ECU

    5. Replace ignition coil

    6. Replace high tension lead

    Problem: Engine will not start or is hard to start (No fuel reaching the fuel injector)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Gas tank vent hose obstructed

    2. Fuel hose obstructed

    3. Fuel screens obstructed

    4. Fuel pump defective

    1. Clean vent hose

    2. Clean — replace hose

    3. Clean — replace inlet screen — valve screen

    4. Replace fuel pump

    Problem: Engine stalls easily

    Condition Remedy

    1. Spark plug fouled

    2. Magneto defective

    3. ECU defective

    4. Fuel injector obstructed

    5. Valve clearance out of adjustment

    1. Clean plug

    2. Replace magneto

    3. Replace ECU

    4. Replace fuel injector

    5. Adjust clearance

    Problem: Engine noisy (Excessive valve chatter)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Valve clearance too large

    2. Valve spring(s) weak — broken

    3. Rocker arm — rocker arm shaft worn

    4. Camshaft worn

    5. Valve tappets worn

    1. Adjust clearance

    2. Replace spring(s)

    3. Replace arm — shaft

    4. Replace camshaft

    5. Replace tappets

    Problem: Engine noisy (Noise seems to come from piston)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Piston — cylinder worn

    2. Combustion chamber carbon buildup

    3. Piston pin — piston pin bore worn

    4. Piston rings — ring groove(s) worn

    1. Replace — service piston — cylinder

    2. Clean cylinder head and piston

    3. Replace — service pin — bore

    4. Replace rings — piston

    Problem: Engine noisy (Noise seems to come from timing chain)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Chain stretched

    2. Sprockets worn

    3. Tension adjuster malfunctioning

    1. Replace chain

    2. Replace sprockets

    3. Repair — replace adjuster

    Problem: Engine noisy (Noise seems to come from crankshaft)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Main bearing worn burned

    2. Lower rod-end bearing worn — burned

    3. Connecting rod side clearance too large

    1. Replace bearing

    2. Replace crankshaft assembly

    3. Replace crankshaft assembly

    Problem: Engine noisy (Noise seems to come from transmission)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Gears worn

    2. Splines worn

    3. Primary gears worn

    4. Bearings worn

    5. Bushing worn

    1. Replace gears

    2. Replace shaft(s)

    3. Replace gears

    4. Replace bearings

    5. Replace bushing

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-5

    3

    Problem: Engine noisy (Noise seems to come from secondary bevel gear and final driven shaft)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Drive — driven bevel gears damaged — worn

    2. Backlash incorrect

    3. Tooth contact improper

    4. Bearing damaged

    5. Gears worn

    6. Splines worn

    1. Replace gears

    2. Adjust backlash

    3. Adjust contact

    4. Replace bearing

    5. Replace gears

    6. Replace shaft(s)

    Problem: Engine idles poorly

    Condition Remedy

    1. Valve clearance incorrect

    2. Valve seating poor

    3. Valve guides defective

    4. Rocker arms — arm shaft worn

    5. Magneto defective

    6. ECU defective

    7. Spark plug fouled — gap incorrect

    8. Ignition coil defective

    9. Fuel injector obstructed

    1. Adjust clearance

    2. Replace — service seats — valves

    3. Replace guides

    4. Replace arms — shafts

    5. Replace stator coil

    6. Replace ECU

    7. Adjust gap — replace plug

    8. Replace ignition coil

    9. Replace fuel injector

    Problem: Engine runs poorly at high speed

    Condition Remedy

    1. High RPM “cut out” against RPM limiter

    2. Valve springs weak

    3. Valve timing incorrect

    4. Cams — rocker arms — tappets worn

    5. Spark plug gap incorrect

    6. Ignition coil defective

    7. Fuel pump defective

    8. Air cleaner element obstructed

    9. Fuel hose obstructed

    1. Shift into higher gear — decrease speed

    2. Replace springs

    3. Time valves

    4. Replace cams — arms — tappets

    5. Adjust gap

    6. Replace ignition oil

    7. Replace fuel pump

    8. Clean element

    9. Clean or replace hose

    Problem: Exhaust smoke dirty or heavy

    Condition Remedy

    1. Engine oil overfilled — contaminated

    2. Piston rings — cylinder worn

    3. Valve guides worn

    4. Cylinder wall scored

    5. Valve stems worn

    6. Stem seals defective

    1. Drain excess oil — replace oil

    2. Replace — service rings — cylinder

    3. Replace guides

    4. Replace — service cylinder

    5. Replace valves

    6. Replace seals

    Problem: Engine lacks power

    Condition Remedy

    1. Valve clearance incorrect

    2. Valve springs weak

    3. Valve timing incorrect

    4. Piston ring(s) — cylinder worn

    5. Valve seating poor

    6. Spark plug fouled

    7. Rocker arms — shafts worn

    8. Spark plug gap incorrect

    9. Fuel injector obstructed

    10. Cam chain worn

    11. Air cleaner element obstructed

    12. Engine oil overfilled — contaminated

    13. Intake manifold leaking air

    1. Adjust clearance

    2. Replace springs

    3. Re-time valve gear

    4. Replace — service rings — cylinder

    5. Repair seats

    6. Clean — replace plug

    7. Replace arms — shafts

    8. Adjust gap — replace plug

    9. Replace injector

    10. Replace cam chain

    11. Clean element

    12. Drain excess oil — change oil

    13. Tighten — replace manifold

    Problem: Engine overheats

    Condition Remedy

    1. Carbon deposit (piston crown) excessive

    2. Oil low

    3. Octane low — gasoline poor

    4. Oil pump defective

    5. Oil circuit obstructed

    6. Radiator hoses — cap damaged — obstructed

    7. Intake manifold leaking air

    8. Coolant level low

    9. Fan malfunctioning

    10. Fan relay malfunctioning

    11. Thermostat stuck — closed

    1. Clean piston

    2. Add oil

    3. Drain — replace gasoline

    4. Replace pump

    5. Clean circuit

    6. Clear obstruction — replace hoses

    7. Tighten — replace manifold

    8. Fill — examine system for leaks

    9. Check fan fuse — replace fan

    10. Replace fan relay

    11. Replace thermostat

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-6

    Table of Contents

    (450)

    Removing Engine/ Transmission………………….……. 3-6

    Top-Side Components……………….…………….………. 3-8

    Removing Top-Side Components ……………..………. 3-8

    Servicing Top-Side Components……………………... 3-11

    Installing Top-Side Components ……………….….. 3-19

    Left-Side Components ……..………….…………….….. 3-22

    Removing Left-Side Components …….……………... 3-22

    Servicing Left-Side Components ..…………….…….. 3-25

    Installing Left-Side Components …………….……….. 3-27

    Right-Side Components …………….…………….…….. 3-29

    Removing Right-Side Components………………….. 3-29

    Servicing Right-Side Components …………………… 3-32

    Installing Right-Side Components…….……………... 3-33

    Center Crankcase Components……….……………... 3-36

    Separating Crankcase Halves……………..………….. 3-37

    Disassembling Crankcase Half ..…………….……….. 3-37

    Servicing Center Crankcase Components.……….. 3-39

    Assembling Crankcase Half ……………………..…….. 3-44

    Joining Crankcase Halves……………….……………... 3-46

    Installing Engine/Transmission…………….………….. 3-47

    Removing Engine/

    Transmission

    Many service procedures can be performed without

    removing the engine/transmission from the frame.

    Closely observe the note introducing each sub-section

    for this important information.

    Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheels.

    1. Remove the seat and tool tray; then disconnect the

    negative battery cable.

    2. Remove the left footwell, footrest, and footwell

    support assembly; then drain the coolant into a

    suitable container.

    FI530A

    3. From the left side, remove the gear position switch

    connector (A) and the speed sensor connector (B).

    FI525A

    4. Drain the engine oil into a suitable container.

    5. Remove the storage compartment; then remove

    the air inlet tube from air filter housing and throttle

    body.

    FI516A

    6. Remove the air inlet and outlet ducts from the

    CVT housing.

    7. Loosen the clamp securing the air filter housing to

    the front air inlet duct; then disconnect the coil

    connector and remove the spark plug cap from the

    spark plug.

    AT THIS POINT

    If the technician’s objective is to service Top-Side Com-

    ponents, Left-Side Components, or Right-Side Compo-

    nents, the engine/transmission does not have to be

    removed from the frame.

    AT THIS POINT

    If the technician’s objective is to service/replace mag-

    neto cover oil seals or the oil strainer (from beneath the

    engine/transmission), the engine/transmission does not

    have to be removed from the frame.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-7

    3

    FI519A

    8. Disconnect the crankcase breather hose from the

    air filter housing and remove the air filter assem-

    bly.

    9. From the top side, remove the engine coolant tem-

    perature (ECT) sensor connector (C), fuel injector

    connector (D), manifold absolute pressure/inlet air

    temperature (MAP/IAT) sensor connector (E), idle

    step control (ISC) connector (F), and throttle posi-

    tion sensor (TPS) connector (G).

    FI522A

    10. From the right side, disconnect the stator connec-

    tor (H) and crankshaft position sensor connector

    (I) from the main harness; then disconnect the pos-

    itive cable from the starter motor and the engine

    ground cable from the starter mounting flange.

    FI523A

    FI533A

    11. Remove the screws securing throttle arm cover to

    the throttle body; then loosen the throttle cable

    jam-nut and remove the throttle cable.

    FI536A

    12. Remove the cap screws securing the exhaust pipe

    to the cylinder head; then remove the springs

    securing the muffler to the exhaust pipe.

    13. Remove the muffler and exhaust pipe. Account for

    a grafoil seal on each end of the exhaust pipe.

    14. Remove coolant hoses (A) and (B) from the water

    pump; then remove the upper coolant hose from

    the thermostat housing.

    FI530B

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-8

    FI537

    15. Remove the four cap screws securing the rear

    driveline to the output drive flange.

    16. Support the engine and remove the two

    through-bolts securing the engine assembly to the

    frame; then move the engine rearward sufficiently

    to disengage the front driveline and remove the

    engine from the left side.

    Top-Side Components

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove

    and disassemble only those components which

    need to be addressed and to service only those

    components. The technician should use discretion

    and sound judgment.

    NOTE: The engine/transmission does not have to

    removed from the frame for this procedure.

    Removing Top-Side

    Components

    A. Cylinder Head Cover/

    Rocker Arms

    B. Cylinder Head/Camshaft

    NOTE: Remove the spark plug, timing inspection

    plug, and outer magneto cover; then using an

    appropriate wrench, rotate the crankshaft to

    top-dead-center of the compression stroke.

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends the use of new

    gaskets, lock nuts, and seals and lubricating all

    internal components when servicing the

    engine/transmission.

    1. Remove the cap screws securing the two tappet

    covers. Remove the two tappet covers. Account

    for the O-rings.

    FI603

    NOTE: Keep the mounting hardware with the cov-

    ers for assembly purposes.

    2. Remove the cylinder head cover cap screws. Note

    the rubber washers on the four top-side cap

    screws; remove the cylinder head cover. Note the

    orientation of the cylinder head plug and remove

    it. Note the location of the two alignment pins.

    FI606A

    MD1354A

    3. Remove the cap screw from the tension adjuster;

    then using a flat-blade screwdriver, relax the cam

    chain tension by rotating the adjuster screw clock-

    wise until it locks.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service any one specific component, only limited dis-

    assembly of components may be necessary. Note the

    AT THIS POINT information in each sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-9

    3

    FI607A

    FI608

    4. Bend the washer tabs and remove the two cap

    screws securing the sprocket to the camshaft.

    FI612

    5. Using an awl, rotate the C-ring in its groove until

    it is out of the cylinder head; then remove the

    C-ring.

    FI613

    NOTE: Care should be taken not to drop the

    C-ring down into the crankcase.

    MD1131

    6. Noting the timing marks for installing purposes,

    drop the sprocket off the camshaft. While holding

    the cam chain, slide the sprocket and camshaft out

    of the cylinder head. Account for an alignment

    pin.

    NOTE: Loop the chain over the cylinder and

    secure it to keep it from falling into the crankcase.

    FI620

    FI617A

    7. Remove the cam chain tensioner pivot bolt and

    remove the chain tensioner; then remove the two

    nuts securing the cylinder head to the cylinder.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-10

    FI616

    FI617

    FI618A

    FI619A

    8. Remove the four cylinder head cap screws and

    washers. Note that the two cap screws on the right

    side of the cylinder head nearest the cam sprocket

    are longer than the two cap screws on the left

    (spark plug) side.

    CD211

    9. Remove the cylinder head from the cylinder,

    remove the gasket, and account for two alignment

    pins.

    FI623A

    10. Remove the cam chain guide.

    FI621

    C. Cylinder

    D. Piston

    NOTE: Steps 1-10 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service valves and cylinder head, see Servicing

    Top-Side Components sub-section.

    AT THIS POINT

    To inspect cam chain guide, see Servicing Top-Side

    Components sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-11

    3

    11. Remove the two nuts securing the right side of the

    cylinder to the right-side crankcase half.

    FI622A

    12. Lift the cylinder off the crankcase taking care not

    to allow the piston to drop against the crankcase.

    Account for the gasket and two alignment pins.

    FI624A

    13. Using an awl, remove one piston-pin circlip. Take

    care not to drop it into the crankcase.

    FI625

    14. Using Piston Pin Puller, remove the piston pin.

    Account for the opposite-side circlip. Remove the

    piston.

    NOTE: It is advisable to remove the opposite-side

    circlip prior to using the puller.

    MD1219

    NOTE: Support the connecting rod with rubber

    bands to avoid damaging the rod or install a con-

    necting rod holder.

    Servicing Top-Side

    Components

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is

    necessary.

    VALVE ASSEMBLY

    When servicing valve assembly, inspect valve seats,

    valve stems, valve faces, and valve stem ends for pits,

    burn marks, or other signs of abnormal wear.

    NOTE: Whenever a valve is out of tolerance, it

    must be replaced.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Cylinder Head

    Cover

    NOTE: If the cylinder head cover cannot be trued,

    the cylinder head assembly must be replaced.

    1. Wash the cylinder head cover in parts-cleaning

    solvent.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service cylinder, see Servicing Top-Side Compo-

    nents sub-section.

    CAUTION

    When removing the cylinder, be sure to support the pis-

    ton to prevent damage to the crankcase and piston.

    CAUTION

    Do not allow the connecting rod to go down inside the

    crankcase. If the rod is down inside the crankcase and

    the crankshaft is rotated, severe damage will result.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service piston, see Servicing Top-Side Components

    sub-section.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service center crankcase components only, proceed

    to Removing Left-Side Components.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-12

    2. Place the cylinder head cover on the Surface Plate

    covered with #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper.

    Using light pressure, move the cylinder head cover

    in a figure eight motion. Inspect the sealing sur

    face for any indication of high spots. A high spot

    can be noted by a bright metallic finish. Correct

    any high spots before assembly by continuing to

    move the cylinder head cover in a figure eight

    motion until a uniform bright metallic finish is

    attained.

    CC130D

    Removing Valves

    NOTE: Index all valves, springs, and cotters to

    their original position when removing. When

    installing, all valve components should be

    installed in their original position.

    1. Using a valve spring compressor, compress the

    valve springs and remove the valve keepers.

    Account for an upper spring retainer.

    CC132D

    2. Remove the valve seal and the lower remaining

    spring seat. Discard the valve seal.

    CC134D

    CC136D

    NOTE: The valve seals must be replaced.

    3. Remove the valve springs; then invert the cylinder

    head and remove the valves.

    Measuring Valve Stem Runout

    1. Support each valve stem end with the V Blocks;

    then check the valve stem runout using a dial indi-

    cator.

    ATV-1082

    2. Maximum runout must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Valve Stem Outside

    Diameter

    1. Using a micrometer, measure the valve stem out-

    side diameter.

    2. Acceptable diameter ranges must be within speci-

    fications.

    CAUTION

    Do not remove an excessive amount of the sealing sur-

    face or damage to the camshaft will result. Always

    check camshaft clearance when resurfacing the cylin-

    der head cover.

    CAUTION

    Water or parts-cleaning solvent must be used in con-

    junction with the wet-or-dry sandpaper or damage to

    the sealing surface may result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-13

    3

    Measuring Valve Face/Seat Width

    1. Using a calipers, measure the width of the valve

    face.

    FI367

    2. Acceptable width must be at or above specifica-

    tions.

    Measuring Valve Face Radial

    Runout

    1. Mount a dial indicator on the surface plate; then

    place the valve stem on a set of V blocks.

    2. Position the dial indicator contact point on the out-

    side edge of the valve face; then zero the indicator.

    ATV1082A

    3. Rotate the valve in the V blocks.

    4. Maximum runout must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Valve Guide

    (Inside Diameter)

    1. Insert a snap gauge 1/2 way down into each valve

    guide bore; then remove the gauge and measure it

    with a micrometer.

    2. Acceptable inside diameter range must be within

    specifications.

    3. If a valve guide is out of tolerance, the cylinder

    head must be replaced.

    Servicing Valves/Valve

    Guides/Valve Seats

    If valves, valve guides, or valve seats require servicing

    or replacement, Arctic Cat recommends that the com-

    ponents be taken to a qualified machine shop for ser-

    vicing.

    Measuring Rocker Arm

    (Inside Diameter)

    1. Using a dial calipers, measure the inside diameter

    of the rocker arm.

    2. Acceptable inside diameter range must be within

    specifications.

    Measuring Rocker Arm Shaft

    (Outside Diameter)

    1. Using a micrometer, measure the outside diameter

    of the rocker arm shaft.

    2. Acceptable outside diameter range must be within

    specifications.

    Installing Valves

    1. Apply grease to the inside surface of the valve

    seals; then place a lower spring seat and valve

    guide seal over each valve guide.

    CC144D

    2. Insert each valve into its original valve location.

    3. Install the valve springs with the painted end of the

    spring facing away from the cylinder head.

    NOTE: If the paint is not visible, install the ends

    of the springs with the closest wound coils toward

    the head.

    CAUTION

    If valves are discolored or pitted or if the seating sur-

    face is worn, the valve must be replaced. Do not attempt

    to grind the valves or severe engine damage may occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-14

    ATV-1011A

    4. Place a spring retainer over the valve springs; then

    using the valve spring compressor, compress the

    valve springs and install the valve keepers.

    CC132D

    PISTON ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: Whenever a piston, rings, or pin are out of

    tolerance, they must be replaced.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Piston

    1. Using a non-metallic carbon removal tool, remove

    any carbon buildup from the top of the piston.

    2. Inspect the piston for cracks in the piston pin,

    boss, top, and skirt areas.

    3. Inspect the piston for seizure marks or scuffing. If

    piston is scored or galled, replace it with a new

    one.

    4. Inspect the perimeter of each piston for signs of

    “blowby” indicated by dark discoloration.

    “Blowby” is caused by worn piston rings, exces-

    sive carbon in ring grooves, or an out-of-round

    cylinder.

    Removing Piston Rings

    1. Starting with the top ring, slide one end of the ring

    out of the ring-groove.

    CC400D

    2. Remove each ring by working it toward the top of

    the piston while rotating it out of the groove.

    NOTE: When installing new rings, install as a

    complete set only.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Piston Ring

    Grooves

    1. Take an old piston ring and snap it into two pieces;

    then grind the end of the old ring to a 45° angle

    and to a sharp edge.

    2. Using the sharpened ring as a tool, clean carbon

    from the ring grooves. Be sure to position the ring

    with its tapered side up.

    Measuring Piston-Ring End Gap

    (Installed)

    1. Place each piston ring in the wear portion of the

    cylinder. Use the piston to position each ring

    squarely in the cylinder.

    2. Using a feeler gauge, measure each piston-ring

    end gap. Acceptable ring end gap must not exceed

    specifications.

    CC995

    CAUTION

    Improper cleaning of the ring grooves by the use of the

    wrong type of ring groove cleaner will result in severe

    damage to the piston.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-15

    3

    Measuring Piston Pin, Connecting

    Rod Small End, and Piston-Pin Bore

    1. Measure the piston pin outside diameter at each

    end and in the center. If measurement does not

    meet specifications, the piston pin must be

    replaced.

    ATV-1070

    2. Inspect and measure the connecting rod small end

    inside diameter. If the measurement exceeds spec-

    ifications, the connecting rod must be replaced

    (see Center Crankcase Components in this sec-

    tion).

    3. Insert an inside dial indicator into the piston-pin

    bore. Take two measurements to ensure accuracy.

    The diameter must not exceed specifications. If the

    diameter exceeds specifications, the piston must

    be replaced.

    ATV-1069

    Measuring Piston Skirt/

    Cylinder Clearance

    1. Measure the cylinder front to back in six places.

    CC127D

    2. Measure the corresponding piston diameter at a

    point 8 mm (0.3 in.) above the piston skirt at a

    right angle to the piston-pin bore. Subtract this

    measurement from the measurement in step 1. The

    difference (clearance) must be within specifica-

    tions.

    Installing Piston Rings

    1. Install ring expander (4) in the bottom groove of

    the piston; then install the thin oil rings (3) over

    the expander making sure the expander ends do

    not overlap. Stagger the end gaps of the upper and

    lower thin oil rings according to the illustration.

    NOTE: Note the direction of the exhaust side of

    the piston (5) for correct ring end gap orientation.

    ATV-1085B

    2. Install the compression rings (1 and 2) so the let-

    ter(s) on the top surface of each ring faces the

    dome of the piston. Rotate the rings until the ring

    end gaps are on directly opposite sides of the pis-

    ton according to the illustration.

    NOTE: The chrome (silver) ring should be

    installed in the top position.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-16

    MD1343A

    CYLINDER/CYLINDER HEAD

    ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: If the cylinder/cylinder head assembly

    cannot be trued, they must be replaced.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Cylinder Head

    1. Using a non-metallic carbon removal tool, remove

    any carbon buildup from the combustion chamber

    being careful not to nick, scrape, or damage the

    combustion chamber or the sealing surface.

    2. Inspect the spark plug hole for any damaged

    threads. Repair damaged threads using a

    “heli-coil” insert.

    3. Place the cylinder head on the surface plate cov-

    ered with #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper. Using

    light pressure, move the cylinder head in a figure

    eight motion. Inspect the sealing surface for any

    indication of high spots. A high spot can be noted

    by a bright metallic finish. Correct any high spots

    before assembly by continuing to move the cylin-

    der head in a figure eight motion until a uniform

    bright metallic finish is attained.

    Measuring Cylinder Head

    Distortion

    1. Remove any carbon buildup in the combustion

    chamber.

    2. Lay a straightedge across the cylinder head; then

    using a feeler gauge, check the distortion factor

    between the head and the straightedge.

    3. Maximum distortion must not exceed specifica-

    tions.

    CC141D

    Cleaning/Inspecting Cylinder

    1. Wash the cylinder in parts-cleaning solvent.

    2. Inspect the cylinder for pitting, scoring, scuffing,

    warpage, and corrosion. If marks are found, repair

    the surface using a cylinder hone (see Honing Cyl-

    inder in this sub-section).

    3. Place the cylinder on the surface plate covered

    with #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper. Using light

    pressure, move the cylinder in a figure eight

    motion. Inspect the sealing surface for any indica-

    tion of high spots. A high spot can be noted by a

    bright metallic finish. Correct any high spots

    before assembly by continuing to move the cylin-

    der in a figure eight motion until a uniform bright

    metallic finish is attained.

    CC129D

    CAUTION

    Incorrect installation of the piston rings will result in

    engine damage.

    CAUTION

    The cylinder head studs must be removed for this pro-

    cedure.

    CAUTION

    Water or parts-cleaning solvent must be used in con-

    junction with the wet-or-dry sandpaper or damage to

    the sealing surface may result.

    CAUTION

    Water or parts-cleaning solvent must be used in con-

    junction with the wet-or-dry sandpaper or damage to

    the sealing surface may result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-17

    3

    Inspecting Cam Chain Guide

    1. Inspect cam chain guide for cuts, tears, breaks, or

    chips.

    2. If the chain guide is damaged, it must be replaced.

    Honing Cylinder

    1. Using a slide gauge and a dial indicator or a snap

    gauge, measure the cylinder bore diameter in three

    locations from top to bottom and again from top to

    bottom at 90° from the first measurements for a

    total of six measurements. The trueness

    (out-of-roundness) is the difference between the

    highest and lowest reading. Maximum trueness

    (out-of-roundness) must not exceed specifications.

    CC127D

    2. Wash the cylinder in parts-cleaning solvent.

    3. Inspect the cylinder for pitting, scoring, scuffing,

    and corrosion. If marks are found, repair the sur

    face using a #320 grit ball hone.

    NOTE: To produce the proper 60° cross-hatch

    pattern, use a low RPM drill (600 RPM) at the rate

    of 30 strokes per minute. If honing oil is not avail-

    able, use a lightweight petroleum-based oil. Thor

    oughly clean cylinder after honing using soap and

    hot water. Dry with compressed air; then immedi-

    ately apply oil to the cylinder bore. If the bore is

    severely damaged or gouged, replace the cylinder.

    CC390D

    4. If any measurement exceeds the limit, the cylinder

    must be replaced.

    Measuring Camshaft Runout

    NOTE: If the camshaft is out of tolerance, it must

    be replaced.

    1. Place the camshaft on a set of V blocks; then posi-

    tion the dial indicator contact point against the

    shaft and zero the indicator.

    CC283D

    2. Rotate the camshaft and note runout; maximum

    tolerance must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Camshaft Lobe Height

    1. Using a calipers, measure each cam lobe height.

    ATV1013A

    2. The lobe heights must be greater than minimum

    specifications.

    Inspecting Camshaft Bearing

    Journal

    1. Inspect the bearing journal for scoring, seizure

    marks, or pitting.

    2. If excessive scoring, seizure marks, or pitting is

    found, the cylinder head assembly must be

    replaced.

    Measuring Camshaft to

    Cylinder Head Clearance

    1. Loosen the jam nuts and adjuster screws.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-18

    CC005D

    2. Place a strip of plasti-gauge in each of the cam-

    shaft lands in the cylinder head.

    3. Place the valve cover on the cylinder head and

    secure with the valve cover cap screws. Tighten

    securely.

    NOTE: Do not rotate the camshaft when measur

    ing clearance.

    4. Remove the cap screws securing the valve cover to

    the cylinder; then remove the valve cover and

    camshaft.

    MD1261

    5. Match the width of the plasti-gauge with the chart

    found on the plasti-gauge packaging to determine

    camshaft to cylinder head and valve cover clear-

    ance.

    CC145D

    6. If clearance is excessive, measure the journals of

    the camshaft.

    CC287D

    NOTE: If the journals are worn, replace the cam-

    shaft; then measure the clearance again. If it is still

    out of tolerance, replace the cylinder head.

    Inspecting Camshaft Spring/Drive

    Pin

    1. Inspect the spring and unloader pin for damage.

    CF061A

    NOTE: With the weight extended, the unloader

    pin should be flat-side out; with the weight

    retracted, the unloader pin should be round-side

    out.

    CF060A

    2. If damaged, the camshaft must be replaced.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-19

    3

    Installing Top-Side

    Components

    A. Piston

    B. Cylinder

    1. Lubricate the piston pin, connecting rod, and pis-

    ton pin bore with motor oil; then install the piston

    on the connecting rod making sure there is a cir-

    clip on each side.

    FI626

    NOTE: The piston should be installed so the IN

    points towards the intake side.

    2. Place the two alignment pins into position. Place a

    new cylinder gasket into position; then place a pis-

    ton holder (or suitable substitute) beneath the pis-

    ton skirt and square the piston in respect to the

    crankcase.

    MD1344

    3. Lubricate the inside wall of the cylinder; then

    using a ring compressor or the fingers, compress

    the rings and slide the cylinder over the piston.

    Route the cam chain up through the cylinder cam

    chain housing; then remove the piston holder and

    seat the cylinder firmly on the crankcase.

    GZ142

    4. Loosely install the two nuts securing the cylinder

    to the right-side crankcase half.

    NOTE: The two cylinder-to-crankcase nuts will be

    tightened in step 9.

    FI622A

    C. Cylinder Head/Camshaft

    D. Cylinder Head Cover/

    Rocker Arms

    NOTE: Steps 1-4 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    5. While keeping tension on the cam chain, place the

    front cam chain guide into the cylinder.

    CAUTION

    The cylinder should slide on easily. Do not force the cyl-

    inder or damage to the piston, rings, cylinder, or crank-

    shaft assembly may occur.

    CAUTION

    Care should be taken that the bottom of the chain guide

    is secured in the crankcase boss.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-20

    FI621

    6. Place a new gasket into position on the cylinder.

    Place the alignment pins into position; then place

    the head assembly into position on the cylinder

    making sure the cam chain is routed through the

    chain cavity.

    MD1347

    7. Install the four cylinder head cap screws with

    washers. Note that the two cap screws on the right

    side of the cylinder head nearest the cam sprocket

    are longer than the two cap screws on the left

    (spark plug) side. Tighten only until snug.

    8. Install the two lower nuts securing the cylinder

    head to the cylinder, one in front and one in rear.

    9. In a crisscross pattern, tighten the four cylinder

    head cap screws (from step 7) to 28 ft-lb. Tighten

    the two lower cylinder head nuts (from step 8) to

    20 ft-lb and the cylinder-to-crankcase nuts (from

    step 4) to 8 ft-lb.

    10. With the timing inspection plug removed and the

    cam chain held tight, rotate the crankshaft until the

    piston is at top-dead-center.

    11. While holding the cam chain to the front, install

    the rear cam chain tensioner guide into the cylin-

    der head. Install the pivot cap screw and washer.

    Tighten to 11 ft-lb.

    CD383

    12. With the alignment pin installed in the camshaft

    and the cam lobes directed down (toward the pis-

    ton), place the camshaft in position and verify that

    the timing mark on the magneto is visible through

    the inspection plug and that the timing marks on

    the camshaft sprocket are parallel with the valve

    cover mating surface.

    GZ190C

    NOTE: When the camshaft assembly is seated,

    make sure the alignment pin in the camshaft aligns

    with the smallest hole in the sprocket.

    13. With the alignment pin installed in the camshaft,

    loosely place the cam sprocket (with the recessed

    side facing the camshaft lobes) onto the camshaft

    and place it into position with the cam chain over

    the sprocket.

    CD463

    CAUTION

    Keep tension on the cam chain to avoid damaging the

    crankcase boss.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-21

    3

    MD1359

    14. Place the C-ring into position in its groove in the

    cylinder head.

    FI615

    NOTE: At this point, oil the camshaft bearings,

    cam lobes, and the three seating journals on the

    cylinder head.

    NOTE: Note the position of the alignment marks

    on the end of the camshaft. They must be parallel

    with the valve cover mating surface. If rotating the

    camshaft and sprocket is necessary for alignment,

    do not allow the crankshaft to rotate and be sure

    the cam lobes end up in the down position.

    15. When the camshaft assembly is seated, ensure the

    following.

    A. Piston still at top-dead-center.

    B. Camshaft lobes directed down (toward the pis-

    ton).

    C. Camshaft alignment marks parallel to the valve

    cover mating surface.

    D. Recessed side of the sprocket directed toward

    the cam lobes.

    E. Camshaft alignment pin and sprocket alignment

    hole (smallest) are aligned.

    16. Place the tab washer onto the sprocket making

    sure it covers the pin in the alignment hole.

    MD1363

    17. Apply red Loctite #271 to the first cap screw

    securing the sprocket and tab washer to the cam

    shaft; then install the cap screw and tab washer.

    Tighten cap screw only until snug.

    CC404D

    FI612

    18. Rotate the crankshaft until the second cap screw

    securing the sprocket to the camshaft can be

    installed; then install the cap screw (threads coated

    with red Loctite #271). Tighten to 11 ft-lb; then

    bend the tab to secure the cap screw.

    CAUTION

    If any of the above factors are not as stated, go back to

    step 13 and carefully proceed.

    CAUTION

    Care must be taken that the tab washer is installed cor-

    rectly to cover the alignment hole on the sprocket. If the

    alignment pin falls out, severe engine damage will

    result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-22

    19. Rotate the crankshaft until the first cap screw

    (from step 17) securing the sprocket to the cam-

    shaft can be addressed; then tighten to 11 ft-lb.

    Bend the tab to secure the cap screw.

    20. Install the cylinder head plug with the cupped end

    facing the camshaft and the opening directed

    downwards.

    21. Place the cam chain tensioner assembly and gasket

    into the cylinder. Tighten to 10 ft-lb.

    22. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, turn the tensioner

    screw counterclockwise to apply tension to the

    cam chain; then install the cap screw plug and

    washer and tighten securely.

    FI608

    23. Loosen the adjuster screw jam nuts; then loosen

    the adjuster screws on the rocker arms in the valve

    cover.

    24. Apply a thin coat of Three Bond Sealant to the

    mating surface of the valve cover; then place the

    valve cover into position. Note that the two align-

    ment pins are properly positioned.

    NOTE: At this point, the rocker arms and adjuster

    screws must not have pressure on them.

    25. Install the four top-side cap screws with rubber

    washers; then install the remaining cap screws.

    Tighten only until snug.

    MD1261

    26. In a crisscross pattern starting from the center and

    working outward, tighten the cap screws (from

    step 25) to 8 ft-lb.

    27. Adjust valve/tappet clearance (see Section 2).

    28. Place the two tappet covers with O-rings into posi-

    tion; then install and tighten the cap screws to 8

    ft-lb.

    FI602

    29. Install the spark plug and tighten securely; then

    install the timing inspection plug.

    Left-Side Components

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove

    and disassemble only those components which

    need to be addressed and to service only those

    components. The technician should use discretion

    and sound judgment.

    NOTE: The engine/transmission does not have to

    be removed from the frame for this procedure.

    Removing Left-Side

    Components

    A. Water Pump

    B. Speed Sensor

    C. Magneto Cover/

    Stator Assembly

    1. Remove the coolant hose connecting the water

    pump to the cylinder; then remove the water pump

    cover.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service any one specific component, only limited dis-

    assembly of components may be necessary. Note the

    AT THIS POINT information in each sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-23

    3

    FI538

    2. Remove the water pump housing assembly noting

    the location of the longer cap screw. Account for a

    gasket and two alignment pins.

    FI539

    FI541

    3. Remove two cap screws and the oil bolt securing

    the oil pressure relief line to the engine. Account

    for two crush washers and an O-ring.

    FI544

    4. Remove the water pump drive gear; then remove

    the speed sensor housing assembly. Account for

    two alignment pins, a gasket, and two seal wash-

    ers.

    FI543

    5. Remove the cap screws securing the magneto

    cover to the crankcase. Note the location of the two

    internal cap screws and the two longer cap screws.

    FI596A

    6. Remove the magneto cover and account for two

    alignment pins and the gasket.

    D. Rotor/Flywheel

    E. Starter Clutch/Gear

    F. Starter Motor

    NOTE: Steps 1-6 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    7. Remove the nut securing the rotor/flywheel on the

    crankshaft and install the crankshaft protector.

    FI549

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-24

    8. Using the Magneto Rotor Remover Set, break the

    rotor/flywheel loose from the crankshaft; then

    remove the puller and crankshaft protector and

    remove the rotor/flywheel.

    FI550

    9. Remove the flywheel key from the crankshaft;

    then remove the starter clutch gear.

    FI551A

    10. Remove starter idler gears and their respective

    shafts; then remove the starter motor. Account for

    an O-ring on the starter drive housing.

    FI555

    G. Shift Shaft

    H. Drive Gear

    NOTE: Steps 1-10 in the preceding sub-sections

    must precede this procedure.

    11. Remove the shift shaft noting a washer on each

    end; then remove the cap screw securing the gear

    shift cam plate and remove the plate from the shaft.

    FI559

    12. Remove the shift detent cam arm and spring.

    FI560

    13. Remove the snap ring securing the output drive

    gear to the output shaft and remove the gear noting

    that the hub flange is directed toward the crank-

    case.

    FI564

    FI566

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-25

    3

    Servicing Left-Side

    Components

    INSPECTING STARTER

    CLUTCH/GEAR

    1. Place the starter clutch gear onto the rotor/fly-

    wheel and attempt to rotate the starter clutch gear

    clockwise. It should lock up to the rotor/flywheel.

    Rotate the gear counterclockwise and it should

    turn freely. If it moves or locks up both ways, the

    starter clutch must be replaced.

    2. Inspect the starter clutch gear for chipped or miss-

    ing teeth or discoloration/scoring of the clutch sur

    face. Inspect the bearing for loose, worn, or

    discolored rollers. If bearing is damaged, it must

    be replaced.

    FI569

    3. Inspect the one-way bearing for chipped surfaces,

    missing rollers, or discoloration. If any of the

    above conditions exist, replace the starter clutch

    assembly.

    FI572

    REPLACING STARTER CLUTCH

    ASSEMBLY

    1. Remove the cap screws securing the one-way

    clutch assembly to the flywheel; then remove from

    the flywheel.

    FI570

    2. Thoroughly clean the rotor/flywheel; then install

    the new one-way clutch and secure with the cap

    screws after applying a drop of red Loctite #271 to

    the threads. Tighten to 26 ft-lb using a crisscross

    pattern. Make sure the one-way bearing is installed

    with the notches directed away from the rotor/fly-

    wheel.

    FI576A

    FI578

    REPLACING STARTER GEAR

    BEARING

    1. Support the starter clutch gear in a press making

    sure to support the hub around the entire circum-

    ference; then using a suitable bearing driver, press

    the bearing from the gear.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-26

    FI583

    2. Thoroughly clean the gear hub; then apply a drop

    of green Loctite #620 to the bearing outer race and

    press into the gear hub until even with the lower

    chamfer radius.

    FI580

    INSPECTING STATOR/MAGNETO

    COVER ASSEMBLY

    1. Inspect the stator for burned or discolored wiring,

    broken or missing hold-down clips, or loose cap

    screws.

    2. Inspect the bearings in the magneto housing for

    discoloration, roughness when rotated, and secure

    fit in bearing bores.

    3. Inspect the oil pressure relief valve for evidence of

    metal chips or contamination. Do not disassemble

    the valve.

    FI588

    REPLACING STATOR COIL/

    CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

    1. Remove the three cap screws securing the stator

    coil, two cap screws securing the crankshaft posi-

    tion sensor, and one cap screw from the harness

    hold-down.

    2. Lift the rubber grommet out of the housing; then

    remove the stator coil/crankshaft position sensor.

    Account for and note the position of the harness

    hold-down under the crankshaft position sensor.

    FI590

    3. Install the new stator coil assembly and secure

    with three cap screws using a drop of red Loctite

    #271 on each. Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    4. Place the stator wire harness hold-down into posi-

    tion; then install the crankshaft position sensor and

    secure with two cap screws. Tighten securely.

    5. Install the upper cable hold-down and secure with

    a cap screw. Tighten securely.

    FI595A

    REPLACING MAGNETO COVER

    BEARINGS

    1. Using a suitable press and proper support, press

    the bearing from the housing as indicated (one

    from outside and one from inside).

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-27

    3

    FI593

    FI594

    2. Clean the bearing bores in the housing and inspect

    closely for cracks or shiny areas indicating bearing

    movement. Replace the housing if any of the

    above are evident.

    3. With a drop of red Loctite #271 around the bearing

    bore, press a new bearing into the magneto cover

    until the bearing is firmly seated in the bearing

    bore.

    Installing Left-Side

    Components

    A. Starter Clutch/Gear

    B. Rotor/Flywheel

    1. If removed, place the crankshaft bearing retainer

    into position. Apply red Loctite #271 to the three

    cap screws. Install and tighten the three cap screws

    securely.

    MD1122

    2. Install the starter motor and tighten the two cap

    screws securely.

    3. Install the shift detent cam making sure the washer

    is installed.

    MD1086

    4. Install the shift detent cam arm and spring.

    5. Install the gear shift shaft assembly and washer

    making sure to align the alignment marks.

    FI559

    6. Install starter idler gears (1) and (2).

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-28

    FI555A

    7. Install the starter clutch gear onto the crankshaft;

    then install the rotor/flywheel key in the crank-

    shaft.

    FI551A

    8. Install the rotor/flywheel and secure with the nut.

    Tighten to 107 ft-lb.

    C. Magneto Cover

    D. Water Pump

    NOTE: Steps 1-8 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    9. Install two alignment pins and place the magneto

    cover gasket into position. Install the magneto

    cover. Noting the different-lengthed 6 mm cap

    screws and the location of the two internal cap

    screws, tighten cap screws in a crisscross pattern

    to 8 ft-lb.

    FI596A

    10. Install the water pump drive gear and secure with

    the nut. Tighten to 28 ft-lb.

    FI547

    11. Install two alignment pins and a gasket on the

    magneto cover; then install the water pump hous-

    ing assembly. Tighten the cap screws to 8 ft-lb.

    FI541A

    FI539

    12. Install the water pump cover with a new O-ring

    and secure with the four cap screws. Tighten to 8

    ft-lb.

    FI538

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-29

    3

    13. Connect the coolant hoses to the water pump and

    secure with the hose clamps. Tighten securely.

    Right-Side Components

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove

    and disassemble only those components which

    need to be addressed and to service only those

    components. The technician should use discretion

    and sound judgment.

    NOTE: The engine/transmission does not have to

    be removed from the frame for this procedure.

    Removing Right-Side

    Components

    A. V-Belt Cover

    B. Driven Pulley

    C. Clutch Cover

    1. If the engine is still in the frame, remove the cap

    screw securing the brake pedal to the pivot shaft.

    Account for a flat washer.

    KC149A

    2. Remove the cap screws securing the Vbelt cover

    to the clutch cover; then slide the brake pedal out-

    ward and remove the V-belt cover. Account for

    two alignment pins and a gasket.

    KC142A

    3. Mark the movable drive face and the fixed drive

    face for installing purposes; then remove the nut

    holding the movable drive face onto the crankshaft.

    MD1033

    4. Remove the movable drive face and spacer.

    Account for the movable drive face rollers and

    outer drive face cover.

    MD1035

    MD1034

    AT THIS POINT

    To service center crankcase components only, proceed

    to Removing Right-Side Components.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service any one specific component, only limited dis-

    assembly of components may be necessary. Note the

    AT THIS POINT information in each sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-30

    MD1036

    5. Using a 6 mm cap screw threaded into the fixed

    driven face, spread the driven pulley by turning the

    cap screw clockwise; then remove the V-belt.

    KC132

    6. Remove the fixed drive face.

    MD1094

    7. Remove the nut holding the driven pulley assem-

    bly; then remove the driven pulley assembly.

    MD1068

    8. Using an impact screwdriver, remove the three

    Phillips-head cap screws holding the air intake

    plate. Remove the air intake plate.

    MD1092

    9. Remove the cap screws holding the clutch cover

    onto the right-side crankcase half. Note the posi-

    tions of the different-lengthed cap screws for

    installing purposes.

    10. Using a rubber mallet, loosen the clutch cover;

    then pull it away from the right-side crankcase

    half. Account for two alignment pins and gasket.

    MD1115

    D. Centrifugal Clutch Assembly

    E. Oil Pump Drive Gear

    F. Oil Pump Driven Gear

    NOTE: Steps 1-10 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-31

    3

    11. Remove the one-way clutch noting the direction of

    the green dot or the word OUTSIDE for installing

    purposes.

    MD1286

    12. Remove the left-hand threaded nut holding the

    centrifugal clutch assembly.

    MD1014

    MD1016

    13. Remove the cam chain.

    FI630

    14. Remove the oil pump drive gear cap screw.

    MD1018

    15. Remove oil pump drive gear. Account for the pin.

    MD1017

    16. Remove the snap ring holding the oil pump driven

    gear.

    MD1019

    CAUTION

    Care must be taken when removing the nut; it has

    “left-hand” threads.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-32

    NOTE: Always use a new snap ring when install-

    ing the oil pump driven gear.

    17. Remove oil pump driven gear. Account for the

    drive pin and thrust washer.

    MD1020

    G. Oil Pump/Oil Strainer

    NOTE: Steps 1-17 in the preceding sub-sections

    must precede this procedure.

    18. Remove three cap screws holding the oil pump

    and remove the oil pump. Account for two align-

    ment pins.

    MD1060

    19. Remove the four cap screws securing the oil

    strainer cap; then remove the Phillips-head screws

    securing the oil strainer. Account for the O-ring.

    MD1337

    MD1208

    Servicing Right-Side

    Components

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, damaged in any way, or out of tolerance,

    replacement is necessary.

    INSPECTING CENTRIFUGAL

    CLUTCH SHOE

    1. Inspect the clutch shoe for uneven wear, chips,

    cracks, or discoloration.

    2. Inspect the depth of the grooves in the clutch

    shoes. If any shoe is worn to the bottom of the

    groove, replace the complete set.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service clutch components, see Servicing Right-Side

    Components sub-section.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service center crankcase components only, proceed

    to Separating Crankcase Halves.

    CAUTION

    Always replace clutch shoes as a complete set or

    severe imbalance could occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-33

    3

    ATV1014

    INSPECTING CENTRIFUGAL

    CLUTCH HOUSING

    1. Inspect the clutch housing for burns, marks, scuffs,

    cracks, scratches, or uneven wear.

    2. If the housing is damaged in any way, the housing

    must be replaced.

    INSPECTING PRIMARY

    ONE-WAY DRIVE

    1. Place the one-way clutch onto the clutch shoe

    assembly with the green dot or the word “OUT

    SIDE” directed away from the clutch shoe.

    KC330

    2. Place the clutch housing onto the clutch

    shoe/one-way clutch.

    NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the clutch

    housing counterclockwise to properly seat the

    one-way clutch.

    KC331A

    3. Check that the clutch shoe can only be rotated

    counterclockwise in respect to the clutch housing.

    If the clutch shoe locks up or turns in both direc-

    tions, the one-way clutch must be replaced.

    KC332A

    INSPECTING OIL PUMP

    1. Inspect the pump for damage.

    2. It is inadvisable to remove the screw securing the

    pump halves. If the oil pump is damaged, it must

    be replaced.

    NOTE: The oil pump is a non-serviceable compo-

    nent and must be replaced as a complete assem-

    bly.

    DRIVEN PULLEY ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: The driven pulley assembly is a non-ser-

    viceable component and must be replaced as a

    complete assembly.

    Installing Right-Side

    Components

    A. Oil Strainer/Oil Pump

    1. Place the oil strainer into position beneath the

    crankcase. Tighten the Phillips-head screws

    securely.

    MD1337

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-34

    2. Place the strainer cap into position on the crank-

    case making sure the O-ring is properly installed

    and secure with the four cap screws; then tighten

    the oil drain plug to 16 ft-lb.

    MD1208

    3. Place two alignment pins and the oil pump into

    position on the crankcase and secure with the Phil-

    lips-head screws coated with red Loctite #271.

    Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    MD1060

    4. Place the thrust washer and drive pin into position

    on the oil pump shaft, install the oil pump driven

    gear making sure the recessed side of the gear is

    directed inward, and secure with a new snap ring.

    NOTE: Always use a new snap ring when install-

    ing the oil pump driven gear.

    MD1020

    MD1019

    5. Install the cam chain.

    NOTE: Keep tension on the cam chain to avoid

    damaging the crankcase boss.

    6. Place the pin into position, install the oil pump

    drive gear, and tighten the cap screw (coated with

    red Loctite #271) to 63 ft-lb.

    MD1017

    MD1018

    7. Install the clutch shoe assembly on the crankshaft;

    then install the flange nut (left-hand thread)

    (coated with red Loctite #271). Tighten to 147

    ft-lb.

    NOTE: The flat side of the flange nut should be

    directed towards the clutch shoe.

    CAUTION

    Care must be taken when installing the flange nut; it has

    “left-hand” threads.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-35

    3

    8. Install the one-way clutch making sure that the

    green dot or the word OUTSIDE is directed away

    from the crankcase.

    MD1286

    B. Clutch Cover

    C. Fixed Drive Face

    D. Movable Drive Face

    NOTE: Steps 1-8 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    9. Install two alignment pins and place the clutch

    cover gasket into position. Install the clutch cover.

    MD1115

    10. Tighten the clutch cover cap screws to 8 ft-lb.

    MD1117

    11. Install the air intake plate. Apply red Loctite #271

    to the threads of the three Phillips-head cap

    screws; then install and tighten securely.

    MD1342

    12. Place the driven pulley assembly into position and

    secure with the nut (threads coated with red Loc-

    tite #271). Tighten to 147 ft-lb.

    MD1068

    KC134

    13. Slide the fixed drive face assembly onto the front

    shaft.

    14. Spread the faces of the driven pulley by threading

    a Vbelt cover cap screw into the fixed driven face

    and tightening until the faces open sufficiently to

    allow the V-belt to drop into the pulley approxi-

    mately 3/4 in.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-36

    KC137

    NOTE: The arrows on the V-belt should point in

    direction of engine rotation.

    15. Making sure the movable drive face rollers are in

    position, pinch the V-belt together near its center

    and slide the spacer and movable drive face onto

    the shaft.

    KC127

    16. Coat the threads of the nut with red Loctite #271;

    then making sure the splines of the clutch shaft

    protrude through the cover plate, secure with the

    nut and tighten to 147 ft-lb.

    KC138

    KC141

    NOTE: At this point, the cap screw can be

    removed from the driven pulley face.

    17. Rotate the V-belt and drive/driven assemblies until

    the V-belt is flush with the top of the driven pulley.

    18. Install two alignment pins and place a new V-belt

    cover gasket into position on the clutch cover. In a

    crisscross pattern, tighten cap screws to 8 ft-lb.

    KC142A

    Center Crankcase

    Components

    NOTE: This procedure cannot be done with the

    engine/transmission in the frame. Complete

    Removing procedures for Top-Side, Left-Side, and

    Right-Side must precede this procedure.

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove

    and disassemble only those components which

    need to be addressed and to service only those

    components. The technician should use discretion

    and sound judgment.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-37

    3

    Separating Crankcase

    Halves

    1. Remove the left-side and right-side cap screws

    securing the crankcase halves noting the position

    of the different-sized cap screws for joining pur

    poses.

    MD1006

    MD1012

    2. Using Crankcase Separator/Crankshaft Remover

    and tapping lightly with a rubber mallet, separate

    the crankcase halves. Account for two alignment

    pins.

    CC869

    NOTE: To keep the shaft/gear assemblies intact

    for identification, tap the shafts toward the

    left-side crankcase half when separating the

    halves.

    MD1313

    Disassembling

    Crankcase Half

    NOTE: To aid in installing, it is recommended that

    the assemblies be kept together and in order.

    NOTE: For steps 1-6, refer to illustration FI639A.

    FI639A

    1. Remove the secondary driven shaft assembly (A)

    noting the location of the front and rear bearing

    locating pins and the center bearing locating ring.

    FI660A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-38

    FI659A

    FI661A

    2. Remove the reverse idler assembly (B). Account

    for and note the location of the inner bushing (1),

    idler shaft (2), and outer washer (3).

    FI641A

    3. Remove the driveshaft (C); then pull the shift fork

    locating shaft (D) out of the crankcase locating

    boss and allow the shift forks to disengage from

    the gear shift shaft (F).

    FI646

    FI653A

    4. Remove the gear shift shaft (F) noting the inner

    and outer washers.

    FI650A

    5. Remove the countershaft assembly (E) along with

    the shift fork assembly.

    FI662

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-39

    3

    6. Remove the crank balancer driven gear (G) and

    account for a key; then remove the crankshaft bal-

    ancer shaft.

    MD1024

    7. Using Crankcase Separator/Crankshaft Remover

    with the appropriate crankshaft protector, remove

    the crankshaft.

    MD1330

    8. Remove the secondary drive gear/secondary

    driven gear retaining nut. From inside the crank-

    case using a rubber mallet, drive out the output

    shaft assembly. Account for the output shaft, a

    shim, a washer, and the nut.

    Servicing Center

    Crankcase Components

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, damaged in any way, or out of tolerance,

    replacement is necessary.

    SECONDARY GEARS

    NOTE: When checking and correcting secondary

    gear backlash and tooth contact, the universal

    joint must be secured to the front shaft or false

    measurements will occur.

    Checking Backlash

    NOTE: The rear shaft and bevel gear must be

    removed for this procedure. Also, always start with

    the original shims on the rear shaft.

    1. Place the left-side crankcase cover onto the

    left-side crankcase half to prevent runout of the

    secondary transmission output shaft.

    2. Install the secondary driven output shaft assembly

    onto the crankcase.

    3. Mount the indicator tip of the dial indicator on the

    secondary driven bevel gear (centered on the gear

    tooth).

    4. While rocking the driven bevel gear back and

    forth, note the maximum backlash reading on the

    gauge.

    5. Acceptable backlash range is 0.05-0.33 mm

    (0.002-0.013 in.).

    Correcting Backlash

    NOTE: If backlash measurement is within the

    acceptable range, no correction is necessary.

    1. If backlash measurement is less than specified,

    remove an existing shim, measure it, and install a

    new thinner shim.

    2. If backlash measurement is more than specified,

    remove an existing shim, measure it, and install a

    thicker shim.

    NOTE: Continue to remove, measure, and install

    until backlash measurement is within tolerance.

    Note the following chart.

    Checking Tooth Contact

    NOTE: After correcting backlash of the second-

    ary driven bevel gear, it is necessary to check

    tooth contact.

    1. Remove the secondary driven output shaft assem-

    bly from the left-side crankcase half.

    CAUTION

    Do not remove the remaining output shaft assembly

    unless absolutely necessary. If the shaft is removed, the

    shaft nut must be replaced with a new one and the shaft

    must be re-shimmed.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service crankshaft assembly, see Servicing Center

    Crankcase Components sub-section.

    Backlash Measurement Shim Correction

    Under 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Decrease Shim

    Thickness

    At 0.05-0.33 mm

    (0.002-0.013 in.)

    No Correction Required

    Over 0.33 mm (0.013 in.) Increase Shim

    Thickness

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-40

    2. Clean the secondary driven bevel gear teeth of old

    oil and grease residue.

    3. Apply a thin, even coat of a machinist-layout dye

    to several teeth of the gear.

    4. Install the secondary driven output shaft assembly.

    5. Rotate the secondary driven bevel gear several

    revolutions in both directions.

    6. Examine the tooth contact pattern in the dye and

    compare the pattern to the illustrations.

    ATV-0103

    ATV-0105

    ATV-0104

    Correcting Tooth Contact

    NOTE: If tooth contact pattern is comparable to

    the correct pattern illustration, no correction is

    necessary.

    If tooth contact pattern is comparable to an incorrect

    pattern, correct tooth contact according to the follow-

    ing chart.

    NOTE: To correct tooth contact, steps 1 and 2

    (with NOTE) of “Correcting Backlash” must be fol-

    lowed and the above “Tooth Contact/Shim Correc-

    tion” chart must be consulted.

    CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: The crankshaft and connecting rod is a

    non-serviceable assembly. If any component is

    out of specification, the assembly must be

    replaced.

    Measuring Connecting Rod

    (Small End Inside Diameter)

    1. Insert a snap gauge into the upper connecting rod

    small end bore; then remove the gauge and mea-

    sure it with micrometer.

    CC290D

    2. Maximum diameter must not exceed specifica-

    tions.

    Measuring Connecting Rod

    (Small End Deflection)

    1. Place the crankshaft on a set of V-blocks and

    mount a dial indicator and base on the surface

    plate. Position the indicator contact point against

    the center of the connecting rod small end journal.

    2. Zero the indicator and push the small end of the

    connecting rod away from the dial indicator.

    3. Maximum deflection must not exceed specifica-

    tions.

    Tooth Contact Shim Correction

    Contacts at Top Decrease Shim Thickness

    Contacts at Root Increase Shim Thickness

    CAUTION

    After correcting tooth contact, backlash must again be

    checked and corrected (if necessary). Continue the cor

    recting backlash/correcting tooth contact procedures

    until they are both within tolerance values.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-41

    3

    Measuring Connecting Rod

    (Big End Side-to-Side)

    1. Push the lower end of the connecting rod to one

    side of the crankshaft journal.

    2. Using a feeler gauge, measure the gap between the

    connecting rod and crankshaft journal.

    CC289D

    3. Acceptable gap range must be within specifica-

    tions.

    Measuring Crankshaft (Runout)

    1. Place the crankshaft on a set of V blocks.

    2. Mount a dial indicator and base on the surface

    plate. Position the indicator contact at point 1 of

    the crankshaft.

    ATV-1074

    3. Zero the indicator and rotate the crankshaft slowly.

    4. Maximum runout must not exceed specifications.

    NOTE: Proceed to check runout on the other end

    of the crankshaft by positioning the indicator con

    tact at point 2 and following steps 3-4.

    Measuring Crankshaft

    (Web-to-Web)

    1. Using a calipers, measure the distance from the

    outside edge of one web to the outside edge of the

    other web.

    ATV-1017

    2. Acceptable width range must be within specifica-

    tions.

    COUNTERSHAFT

    Disassembling

    1. Remove the reverse driven gear dog; then remove

    the circlip securing the reverse driven gear.

    FI663

    CAUTION

    Care should be taken to support the connecting rod

    when rotating the crankshaft.

    CAUTION

    When disassembling the countershaft, care must be

    taken to note the direction each major component (dog,

    gear) faces. If a major component is installed facing the

    wrong direction, transmission damage may occur

    and/or the transmission will malfunction. In either case,

    complete disassembly and assembly will be required.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-42

    FI664

    2. Remove the splined washer; then remove the

    reverse driven gear along with the bearing and

    bushing.

    FI665

    3. Remove the low driven gear washer; then remove

    the low driven gear along with the bearing and

    bushing.

    FI666

    FI667

    4. Remove the splined washer; then remove the cir-

    clip securing the high-low sliding dog. Remove

    the sliding dog.

    FI668

    FI669

    5. Remove the circlip securing the high driven gear;

    then remove a washer, the high driven gear along

    with the bearing and bushing, and remove the high

    driven washer.

    FI670

    FI671

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-43

    3

    ASSEMBLING

    1. With the high driven washer (1) on the counter-

    shaft, install the high driven gear bushing (3),

    bearings (2), and gear (4) on the countershaft; then

    install the washers (5) and secure with the

    snap-ring.

    FI671A

    FI670

    2. Install the high/low shift dog (6) on the counter-

    shaft and secure with snap-ring (7); then install the

    splined washer (8).

    FI668A

    3. Install the low driven bushing (10), bearing (9),

    and gear (11) on the countershaft; then install

    splined washer (12).

    FI667A

    FI666

    4. Place the reverse driven bushing (13) onto the

    shaft; then install the bearing (14), gear (15), and

    splined washer (16). Secure with a snap-ring.

    FI665A

    FI664

    5. Install the reverse dog on the shaft; then place the

    shift forks and shift shaft into position.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-44

    FI663

    FI662

    NOTE: The countershaft assembly is now ready

    to be installed.

    Assembling Crankcase

    Half

    NOTE: For ease of assembly, install components

    on the right-side crankcase half.

    NOTE: If the output shaft was removed, make

    sure that the proper shim is installed.

    1. Install the output shaft into the crankcase making

    sure the two gears, shim, washer, and nut are in the

    correct order.

    MD1199

    MD1079

    2. Install and tighten the output shaft flange nut to 59

    ft-lb. Using a punch, peen the nut.

    MD1333

    3. Apply a liberal amount of oil to the crankshaft

    bearing. Using a propane torch, heat the bearing

    until the oil begins to smoke; then slide the crank-

    shaft assembly into place.

    MD1334

    NOTE: If heating the bearing is not possible, the

    crankshaft can be installed using a crankshaft

    installer.

    4. Rotate the crankshaft so the counterweight is

    toward the rear of the engine. Install the crank bal-

    ancer shaft.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-45

    3

    MD1024

    5. Install the key in the crank balancer shaft; then

    install the gear and aligning the timing marks,

    slide the gear into place.

    FI658

    6. Align the shift cam fork slots with the shift fork

    shaft locating boss and with a washer on each end,

    install in the crankcase.

    FI652A

    7. Place the shift forks into position on the assembled

    countershaft and install into the crankshaft as an

    assembly.

    FI662

    FI653

    8. Align the shift forks to allow engagement with the

    shift cam; then engage the shift forks and slide the

    shift fork shaft into the locating boss in the crankcase.

    FI653A

    FI655A

    9. Install the input driveshaft.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-46

    FI646

    10. Install the spacer (1), shaft (2), reverse idler gear,

    and washer (3).

    FI641A

    FI645

    11. Install the secondary output driveshaft assembly

    into the crankcase half making sure the front and

    rear bearing alignment pins are seated in the

    recesses; then install the center carrier bearing

    alignment C-ring.

    FI660A

    FI659A

    FI661A

    Joining Crankcase

    Halves

    1. Verify that the two alignment pins (A) are in place

    and that both case halves are clean and grease free.

    Apply Three Bond Sealant to the mating surfaces.

    Place the right-side half onto the left-side half.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-47

    3

    FI639B

    NOTE: Be sure to apply sealant to the inside

    radius of all cap screw locations and the entire

    surface of the internal cap screw bosses.

    FI639C

    2. Using a plastic mallet, lightly tap the case halves

    together until cap screws can be installed.

    3. From the right side, install the crankcase cap

    screws noting the location of the different-sized

    cap screws; then tighten only until snug.

    NOTE: Rotate the shafts back and forth to ensure

    no binding or sticking occurs while tightening the

    cap screws.

    MD1008

    4. From the left side, install the remaining crankcase

    cap screws; then tighten only until snug.

    NOTE: Rotate the shafts back and forth to ensure

    no binding or sticking occurs while tightening the

    cap screws.

    CC871

    5. In a crisscross pattern, tighten the 8 mm cap

    screws until the halves are correctly joined; then

    tighten to 21 ft-lb.

    NOTE: Rotate the shafts back and forth to ensure

    no binding or sticking occurs.

    6. In a crisscross pattern, tighten the 6 mm cap

    screws to 10 ft-lb.

    NOTE: Rotate the shafts back and forth to ensure

    no binding or sticking occurs.

    Installing

    Engine/Transmission

    1. From the left side, place the engine into the frame

    (rear of engine first) tilting the rear up to allow

    cylinder head to clear frame.

    2. With engine moved rearward, engage the splines

    of the front driveline into the front output drive

    yoke; then move into position and install the two

    through-bolts. Secure with lock nuts and tighten to

    35 ft-lb.

    3. Install the four cap screws securing the rear driveline

    to the output drive flange and tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    4. Connect coolant hoses (A) and (B) to the water

    pump and connect the upper coolant hose to the

    thermostat housing. Tighten all clamps securely.

    AT THIS POINT

    After completing center crankcase components, pro-

    ceed to Installing Right-Side Components, to Installing

    Left-Side Components, and to Installing Top-Side Com-

    ponents.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-48

    FI530B

    FI537

    5. Install the exhaust pipe using a new seal at the cyl-

    inder head and loosely install the retaining cap

    screws; then install the muffler with a new grafoil

    seal and secure with two springs. Tighten the

    exhaust pipe retainer cap screws to 20 ft-lb.

    6. Connect the throttle cable and adjust free-play to

    specifications (see Section 4); then tighten the

    jam-nut securely and install the cover. Tighten the

    screws securely.

    7. Connect the stator connector (H) and crankshaft

    position sensor connector (I) to the main harness;

    then connect the positive cable to the starter motor

    and tighten securely.

    FI534A

    8. Connect the engine ground cable to the starter

    mounting flange and secure with a cap screw tight-

    ened to 8 ft-lb.

    9. From the top side, install the ECT sensor connec-

    tor (C), fuel injector connector (D), MAP/IAT sen-

    sor connector (E), ISC connector (F), and the TPS

    connector (G).

    FI522A

    10. Place the air filter assembly into position and con-

    nect the crankcase breather securing with the

    clamp; then connect the front air inlet duct and

    secure with a hose clamp.

    11. Install the harness connector onto the coil and

    install the spark plug cap.

    12. Connect the air ducts to the CVT housing and

    tighten the clamps securely; then connect the air

    duct to the air filter housing and the throttle body

    and secure with the clamps.

    13. Install the storage compartment and connect the

    negative battery cable; then install the tool tray.

    14. Pour the specified amount of coolant into the radi-

    ator and the specified amount and grade of oil into

    the engine.

    15. Install the left footwell support assembly, footwell,

    and footrest. Tighten all fasteners securely.

    16. Install the seat making sure it locks securely in

    place; then start the engine and allow to warm up

    while checking for leaks.

    17. Shut engine off and inspect coolant and oil levels.

    Add fluids as required.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-49

    3

    Table of Contents (1000)

    Removing Engine/ Transmission………………….….. 3-49

    Top-Side Components……………….…………….…….. 3-53

    Removing Top-Side Components ……………..…….. 3-53

    Servicing Top-Side Components……………………... 3-57

    Installing Top-Side Components ……………….….. 3-64

    Left-Side Components ………..……………..………….. 3-71

    Removing Left-Side Components …….……………... 3-71

    Installing Left-Side Components …………….……….. 3-73

    Right-Side Components …………….…………….…….. 3-76

    Removing Right-Side Components………………….. 3-76

    Servicing Right-Side Components …………………… 3-78

    Installing Right-Side Components…….……………... 3-78

    Center Crankcase Components……….……………... 3-80

    Separating Crankcase Halves……………..………….. 3-81

    Disassembling Crankcase Half ..…………….……….. 3-82

    Servicing Center Crankcase Components.……….. 3-83

    Assembling Crankcase Half ……………………..…….. 3-91

    Joining Crankcase Halves……………….……………... 3-93

    Installing Engine/Transmission…………….………….. 3-94

    Removing Engine/

    Transmission

    Many service procedures can be performed without

    removing the engine/transmission from the frame.

    Closely observe the note introducing each sub-section for

    this important information.

    Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the wheels.

    1. Remove the seat and tool tray; then remove the nega-

    tive battery cable.

    2. Remove the front rack, gauge pod, footwells and

    footrests; then remove the front body panel (see Sec-

    tion 8).

    3. Disconnect the IAT sensor connector; then loosen the

    clamp securing the inlet air boot to the throttle body

    and remove the air filter housing assembly.

    GZ013

    GZ091A

    4. Using an absorbent towel, clean any spilled gasoline;

    then press the gasline hose connectors and remove

    from the fuel rails.

    GZ124

    5. Disconnect the TPS connector (A), MAP sensor con-

    nector (B), and ISC valve connector (C) from the

    throttle body; then route the harness and connectors

    away from the engine.

    AT THIS POINT

    If the technician’s objective is to service front Top-Side

    Components, Left-Side Components, or Right-Side

    Components, the engine/transmission does not have to

    be removed from the frame.

    AT THIS POINT

    If the technician’s objective is to service/replace the oil

    strainer (from beneath the engine/transmission), the

    engine/transmission does not have to be removed from

    the frame.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-50

    GZ094A

    NOTE: Using a suitable marker, mark the locations

    of any ties that are removed to relocate wiring out of

    the way.

    6. Loosen the clamps securing the throttle body to the

    intake manifolds; then remove the throttle body and

    leaving the throttle cable connected, lay the assem-

    bly over the handlebar.

    GZ090B

    7. Disconnect the fuel injector wiring connectors; then

    remove the intake manifolds leaving the injectors

    installed.

    GZ106

    GZ107

    8. Disconnect the stator coil connector and the crankshaft

    position sensor connector; then disconnect the gear posi-

    tion switch connector from the gear position switch.

    GZ069A

    GZ493A

    9. Loosen the clamps securing the V-belt cooling ducts

    to the V-belt housing; then disconnect the cooling

    ducts.

    GZ037

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-51

    3

    GZ103B

    10. Remove the E-clips securing the shift linkage to the

    shift lever and shift shaft; then remove the shift link-

    age. Account for two bushings and two flat washers.

    11. Remove the cap screws securing the rear driveshaft

    yoke flange to the rear output flange.

    GZ374

    12. Remove the exhaust pipe springs at the muffler and

    remove the muffler. Account for the grafoil seal.

    GZ372

    13. Remove the nuts securing the rear exhaust pipe to the

    cylinder; then remove the springs securing the rear

    exhaust pipe to the front exhaust pipe and remove the

    rear exhaust pipe. Account for a grafoil seal on the

    pipe juncture and a seal in the cylinder.

    GZ099A

    14. Remove the front and rear spark plug wires from the

    spark plugs; then disconnect the primary wire con-

    nectors from the coils and remove the coils from the

    left side of the frame.

    GZ071A

    15. Remove the cap screw securing the engine and har

    ness grounds to the engine.

    GZ064A

    16. Remove the cap screws securing the upper bumper

    support to the frame and swing the bumper forward

    allowing access to the radiator drain plug.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-52

    GZ068

    17. Place a suitable drain pan under the radiator; then

    remove the radiator drain plug. Do not loosen the

    radiator cap at this time.

    GZ086A

    18. Remove the bleed screw from the water pump; then

    after coolant has drained, apply compressed air to the

    bleed opening to purge the remaining coolant from

    the system. Install the bleed screw and radiator drain

    plug and tighten securely.

    GZ009A

    19. Remove the coolant hoses from the upper engine

    coolant outlet pipes; then remove the lower coolant

    hose from the water pump.

    GZ028

    GZ369A

    GZ008

    20. Remove the flange nuts from the front and rear

    engine through-bolts; then rock the engine slightly to

    relieve engine mount pressure and remove the

    through-bolts.

    GZ118

    ! WARNING

    Always wear safety glasses when using compressed

    air.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-53

    3

    GZ104

    21. Rotate the front driveshaft until the output yoke uni-

    versal joint is in the vertical plane; then raise the

    front of the engine/transmission until the front drive

    splines disengage from the differential.

    GZ 110A

    GZ117A

    22. Fold the front drive line up and secure against the front

    of the engine; then lift the engine clear of the mount-

    ings and remove from the right side of the frame.

    GZ123

    Top-Side Components

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove and

    disassemble only those components which need to

    be addressed and to service only those components.

    The technician should use discretion and sound

    judgment.

    NOTE: The engine/transmission must be removed

    to service the rear cylinder head, cylinder, and piston.

    Removing Top-Side

    Components

    A. Valve Cover/Rocker Arms

    B. Cylinder Head/Camshaft

    1. Remove the timing inspection plug, spark plugs, and

    magneto housing cover; then install the 10 mm cap

    screw (left-hand threads) in the crankshaft and rotate

    the desired cylinder to top-dead-center of the com-

    pression stroke.

    GZ027

    GZ026

    AT THIS POINT

    To service any one specific component, only limited dis-

    assembly of components may be necessary. Note the

    AT THIS POINT information in each sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-54

    NOTE: Timing marks on the rotor/flywheel are

    stamped with an “F” (front cylinder) and “R” (rear cyl-

    inder) adjacent to the mark.

    GZ063

    GZ059

    2. Remove the tappet covers on the cylinder being ser-

    viced. The tappets should not have pressure on them.

    3. Remove the cap screws securing the valve cover to

    the head; account for the four rubber washers on the

    top side cap screws. Remove the valve cover.

    Account for and note the orientation of the camshaft

    plug. Note the location of two alignment pins.

    GZ126A

    GZ162

    GZ132A

    4. Remove the cap screw on the end of the tensioner;

    then using a flat-blade screwdriver, turn the tensioner

    clockwise to remove the tension. Remove the two

    cap screws securing the tensioner adjuster assembly

    and remove the assembly. Account for a gasket.

    GZ405

    5. Using an awl, rotate the C-ring in its groove until it is

    out of the cylinder head; then remove the C-ring.

    NOTE: Care should be taken not to drop the C-ring

    into the crankcase.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-55

    3

    GZ155

    6. Bend the washer tabs down and remove the two cap

    screws securing the sprocket to the camshaft; then

    drop the sprocket off the camshaft.

    GZ154A

    7. While holding the chain, slide the sprocket and cam-

    shaft out of the cylinder head.

    CC266D

    NOTE: Loop the chain over the cylinder head and

    secure it to keep it from falling into the crankcase.

    8. Remove the five nuts securing the cylinder head to

    the cylinder; then remove the four cylinder head cap

    screws and washers.

    NOTE: Removing the starter will simplify removal of

    the front cylinder base nuts.

    GZ136A

    GZ132B

    9. Remove the cylinder head from the cylinder, remove

    the gasket, and account for two alignment pins; then

    remove the cam chain guide.

    GZ151

    GZ161

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-56

    10. If the remaining cylinder head is to be serviced,

    apply tension to the loose timing chain and rotate the

    second cylinder to top-dead-center of the compres-

    sion stroke; then repeat steps 2-9 on the other cylin-

    der head.

    C. Cylinders

    D. Pistons

    NOTE: Steps 1-10 in the preceding sub-section

    must precede this procedure.

    11. Remove the cap screws securing the water hose

    union to the cylinder; then remove the union from

    the cylinder. Account for an O-ring.

    GZ140A

    12. Remove the two nuts securing the cylinder to the

    crankcase.

    GZ141A

    GZ160A

    13. Lift the cylinder off the crankcase taking care not to

    allow the piston to drop against the crankcase.

    Account for the gasket and two alignment pins.

    GZ142

    GZ144

    14. Using an awl, remove one piston-pin circlip.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service valves and cylinder head, see Servicing

    Top-Side Components sub-section.

    AT THIS POINT

    To inspect cam chain guide, see Servicing Top-Side

    Components sub-section.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service cylinder, see Servicing Top-Side Compo-

    nents sub-section.

    CAUTION

    When removing the cylinder, be sure to support the pis-

    ton to prevent damage to the crankcase and piston.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-57

    3

    GZ145

    15. Using the Piston Pin Puller, remove the piston pin.

    Account for the opposite-side circlip. Remove the

    piston.

    NOTE: It is advisable to remove the opposite-side

    circlip prior to using the puller.

    NOTE: Support the connecting rod with rubber

    bands or a piece of hose to avoid damaging the rod

    or install the Connecting Rod Holder.

    GZ146A

    NOTE: If the existing rings will not be replaced with

    new rings, note the location of each ring for proper

    installation. When replacing with new rings, replace

    as a complete set only. If the piston rings must be

    removed, remove them in this sequence.

    A. Starting with the top ring, slide one end of the ring

    out of the ring-groove.

    B. Remove each ring by working it toward the dome

    of the piston while rotating it out of the groove.

    Servicing Top-Side

    Components

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively, cracked,

    or damaged in any way, replacement is necessary.

    VALVE ASSEMBLY

    When servicing valve assembly, inspect valve seats,

    valve stems, valve faces, and valve stem ends for pits,

    burn marks, or other signs of abnormal wear.

    NOTE: Whenever a valve is out of tolerance, it must

    be replaced.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Valve Cover

    NOTE: If the valve cover cannot be trued, the cylin-

    der head assembly must be replaced.

    1. Wash the valve cover in parts-cleaning solvent.

    2. Place the valve cover on the Surface Plate covered with

    #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper. Using light pressure,

    move the valve cover in a figure eight motion. Inspect

    the sealing surface for any indication of high spots. A

    high spot can be noted by a bright metallic finish. Cor

    rect any high spots before assembly by continuing to

    move the valve cover in a figure eight motion until a

    uniform bright metallic finish is attained.

    CC130D

    CAUTION

    Do not allow the connecting rod to go down inside the

    crankcase. If the rod is down inside the crankcase and

    the crankshaft is rotated, severe damage will result.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service piston, see Servicing Top-Side Components

    sub-section.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service center crankcase components only, proceed

    to Removing Left-Side Components.

    CAUTION

    Do not remove an excessive amount of the sealing sur-

    face or damage to the camshaft will result. Always

    check camshaft clearance when resurfacing the valve

    cover.

    CAUTION

    Water or parts-cleaning solvent must be used in con-

    junction with the wet-or-dry sandpaper or damage to

    the sealing surface may result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-58

    Removing Valves

    NOTE: Index all valves, springs, and cotters to their

    original position when removing. When installing, all

    valve components should be installed in their original

    position.

    1. Using a valve spring compressor, compress the valve

    springs and remove the valve cotters. Account for an

    upper spring retainer.

    CC132D

    2. Remove the valve seal and the lower remaining

    spring seat. Discard the valve seal.

    CC136D

    NOTE: The valve seals must be replaced.

    3. Remove the valve springs; then invert the cylinder

    head and remove the valves.

    Measuring Valve Stem Runout

    1. Support each valve stem end with the V Blocks; then

    check the valve stem runout using a dial indicator.

    ATV-1082

    2. Maximum runout must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Valve Stem Outside

    Diameter

    1. Using a micrometer, measure the valve stem outside

    diameter.

    2. Acceptable diameter range must be within specifica-

    tions.

    Measuring Valve Face/Seat Width

    1. Using a micrometer, measure the width of the valve

    face.

    ATV-1004

    2. Acceptable width (intake valve) must not exceed

    specifications.

    3. Acceptable width (exhaust valve) must not exceed

    specifciations.

    Measuring Valve Face Radial Runout

    1. Mount a dial indicator on the surface plate; then

    place the valve stem on a set of V blocks.

    2. Position the dial indicator contact point on the out-

    side edge of the valve face; then zero the indicator.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-59

    3

    ATV1082A

    3. Rotate the valve in the V blocks.

    4. Maximum runout must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Valve Guide/Valve Stem

    Deflection (Wobble Method)

    1. Mount a dial indicator and base on the surface plate;

    then place the cylinder head on the surface plate.

    2. Install the valve into the cylinder head; then position

    the dial indicator contact point against the outside

    edge of the valve face. Zero the indicator.

    CC131D

    3. Push the valve from side to side; then from top to

    bottom.

    4. Maximum “wobble” deflection must not exceed

    specifications.

    Measuring Valve Guide

    (Inside Diameter)

    1. Insert a snap gauge 1/2 way down into each valve

    guide bore; then remove the gauge and measure it

    with a micrometer.

    2. Acceptable inside diameter range must be within

    specifications.

    3. If a valve guide is out of tolerance, it must be

    replaced.

    Servicing Valves/Valve Guides/Valve

    Seats

    If valves, valve guides, or valve seats require servicing or

    replacement, Arctic Cat recommends that the compo-

    nents be taken to a qualified machine shop for servicing.

    Measuring Rocker Arm

    (Inside Diameter)

    1. Using a dial calipers, measure the inside diameter of

    the rocker arm.

    2. Acceptable inside diameter range must be within

    specifications.

    Measuring Rocker Arm Shaft

    (Outside Diameter)

    1. Using a micrometer, measure the outside diameter of

    the rocker arm shaft.

    2. Acceptable outside diameter range must be within

    specifications.

    Installing Valves

    1. Apply grease to the inside surface of the valve seals;

    then place a lower spring seat and valve guide seal

    over each valve guide.

    CC144D

    2. Insert each valve into its original location.

    3. Install the valve springs with the painted end of the

    spring facing away from the cylinder head.

    NOTE: If the paint is not visible, install the ends of

    the springs with the closest wound coils toward the

    head.

    CAUTION

    If valves are discolored or pitted or if the seating sur-

    face is worn, the valve must be replaced. Do not attempt

    to grind the valves or severe engine damage may occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-60

    ATV-1011A

    4. Place a spring retainer over the valve springs; then

    using the valve spring compressor, compress the

    valve springs and install the valve cotters.

    PISTON ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: Whenever a piston, rings, or pin are out of

    tolerance, they must be replaced.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Piston

    1. Using a non-metallic carbon removal tool, remove

    any carbon buildup from the dome of the piston.

    2. Inspect the piston for cracks in the piston pin, dome,

    and skirt areas.

    3. Inspect the piston for seizure marks or scuffing.

    Repair with #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper and

    water or honing oil.

    NOTE: If scuffing or seizure marks are too deep to

    correct with the sandpaper, replace the piston.

    4. Inspect the perimeter of each piston for signs of

    excessive “blowby.” Excessive “blowby” indicates

    worn piston rings or an out-of-round cylinder.

    Removing Piston Rings

    1. Starting with the top ring, slide one end of the ring

    out of the ring-groove.

    CC400D

    2. Remove each ring by working it toward the dome of

    the piston while rotating it out of the groove.

    NOTE: If the existing rings will not be replaced with

    new ones, note the location of each ring for proper

    installation. When installing new rings, install as a

    complete set only.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Piston Rings

    1. Take an old piston ring and snap it into two pieces;

    then grind the end of the old ring to a 45° angle and

    to a sharp edge.

    2. Using the sharpened ring as a tool, clean carbon from

    the ring-grooves. Be sure to position the ring with its

    tapered side up.

    Measuring Piston-Ring End Gap

    (Installed)

    1. Place each compression ring in the wear portion of

    the cylinder. Use the piston to position each ring

    squarely in the cylinder.

    2. Using a feeler gauge, measure each piston-ring end

    gap. Acceptable ring end gap must not exceed speci-

    fications.

    CC280D

    Measuring Piston Pin (Outside

    Diameter) and Piston-Pin Bore

    1. Measure the piston pin outside diameter at each end

    and in the center. If measurement exceeds specifica-

    tions, the piston pin must be replaced.

    CAUTION

    Improper cleaning of the ring-grooves by the use of the

    wrong type of ring-groove cleaner will result in severe

    damage to the piston.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-61

    3

    ATV-1070

    2. Insert an inside dial indicator into the piston-pin

    bore. The diameter must not exceed specifications.

    Take two measurements to ensure accuracy.

    ATV-1069

    Measuring Piston Skirt/Cylinder

    Clearance

    1. Measure the cylinder front to back in six places.

    CC127D

    2. Measure the corresponding piston diameter at a point

    15 mm (0.6 in.) above the piston skirt at a right angle

    to the piston-pin bore. Subtract this measurement

    from the measurement in step 1. The difference

    (clearance) must not exceed specifications.

    Installing Piston Rings

    1. Install the expander spring making sure the ends are

    aligned on the wire; then install the oil ring with the

    ring gap 90° from the spring gap and the marking “E

    TOP” directed toward the top of the piston.

    GZ168

    GZ169A

    2. Install the second compression ring with the marking

    “E TOP” directed toward the top of the piston.

    GZ167

    3. Install the first (unmarked) compression ring; then

    rotate the rings so the ring gaps are approximately

    180° apart and oriented to the piston pin.

    GZ187A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-62

    CYLINDER/CYLINDER HEAD

    ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: If the cylinder/cylinder head cannot be trued,

    they must be replaced as an assembly.

    Cleaning/Inspecting Cylinder Head

    1. Using a non-metallic carbon removal tool, remove

    any carbon buildup from the combustion chamber

    being careful not to nick, scrape, or damage the com-

    bustion chamber or the sealing surface.

    2. Inspect the spark plug hole for any damaged threads.

    Repair damaged threads using a “heli-coil” insert.

    3. Place the cylinder head on the surface plate covered

    with #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper. Using light

    pressure, move the cylinder head in a figure eight

    motion. Inspect the sealing surface for any indication

    of high spots. A high spot can be noted by a bright

    metallic finish. Correct any high spots before assem-

    bly by continuing to move the cylinder head in a fig

    ure eight motion until a uniform bright metallic

    finish is attained.

    Measuring Cylinder Head Distortion

    1. Remove any carbon buildup in the combustion

    chamber.

    2. Lay a straightedge across the cylinder head; then

    using a feeler gauge, check the distortion factor

    between the head and the straightedge.

    3. Maximum distortion must not exceed specifications.

    CC141D

    Cleaning/Inspecting Cylinder

    1. Wash the cylinder in parts-cleaning solvent.

    2. Inspect the cylinder for pitting, scoring, scuffing,

    warpage, and corrosion. If marks are found, repair

    the surface using a cylinder hone (see Inspecting

    Cylinder in this sub-section).

    3. Place the cylinder on the surface plate covered with

    #400 grit wet-or-dry sandpaper. Using light pressure,

    move the cylinder in a figure eight motion. Inspect

    the sealing surface for any indication of high spots.

    A high spot can be noted by a bright metallic finish.

    Correct any high spots before assembly by continu-

    ing to move the cylinder in a figure eight motion

    until a uniform bright metallic finish is attained.

    CC129D

    Inspecting Cam Chain Guide

    1. Inspect cam chain guide for cuts, tears, breaks, or

    chips.

    2. If the chain guide is damaged, it must be replaced.

    Inspecting Cylinder

    1. Using a slide gauge and a dial indicator or a snap

    gauge, measure the cylinder bore diameter in three

    locations from top to bottom and again from top to

    bottom at 90° from the first measurements for a total

    of six measurements. The trueness (out-of-round-

    ness) is the difference between the highest and low-

    est reading. Maximum trueness (out-of-roundness)

    must be within specifications.

    CAUTION

    Incorrect installation of the piston rings will result in

    engine damage.

    CAUTION

    The cylinder head studs must be removed for this pro-

    cedure.

    CAUTION

    Water or parts-cleaning solvent must be used in con-

    junction with the wet-or-dry sandpaper or damage to

    the sealing surface may result.

    CAUTION

    Water or parts-cleaning solvent must be used in con-

    junction with the wet-or-dry sandpaper or damage to

    the sealing surface may result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-63

    3

    CC127D

    2. Wash the cylinder in parts-cleaning solvent.

    3. Inspect the cylinder for pitting, scoring, scuffing, and

    corrosion. If marks are found, repair the surface

    using a #320 grit ball hone.

    NOTE: To produce the proper 60° cross-hatch pat-

    tern, use a low RPM drill (600 RPM) at the rate of 30

    strokes per minute. If honing oil is not available, use

    a lightweight petroleum-based oil. Thoroughly clean

    cylinder after honing using soap and hot water. Dry

    with compressed air; then immediately apply oil to

    the cylinder bore. If the bore is severely damaged or

    gouged, replace the cylinder.

    CC390D

    4. If any measurement exceeds the limit, replace the

    cylinder and piston.

    Measuring Camshaft Runout

    NOTE: If the camshaft is out of tolerance, it must be

    replaced.

    1. Place the camshaft on a set of V blocks; then position

    the dial indicator contact point against the shaft and

    zero the indicator.

    CC283D

    2. Rotate the camshaft and note runout; maximum

    runout must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Camshaft Lobe Height

    1. Using a calipers, measure each cam lobe height.

    ATV1013A

    2. The lobe heights must be greater than minimum

    specifications.

    Inspecting Camshaft Bearing

    Journal

    1. Inspect the bearing journal for scoring, seizure

    marks, or pitting.

    2. If excessive scoring, seizure marks, or pitting is

    found, the cylinder head assembly must be replaced.

    Measuring Camshaft to

    Cylinder Head Clearance

    1. Remove the adjuster screws and jam nuts.

    CC005D

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-64

    2. Place a strip of plasti-gauge in each of the camshaft

    lands in the cylinder head.

    3. Place the valve cover on the cylinder head and secure

    with the valve cover cap screws. Tighten securely.

    NOTE: Do not rotate the camshaft when measuring

    clearance.

    4. Remove the cap screws securing the valve cover to

    the cylinder; then remove the valve cover and cam-

    shaft.

    5. Match the width of the plasti-gauge with the chart

    found on the plasti-gauge packaging to determine

    camshaft to cylinder head and valve cover clearance.

    CC145D

    6. If clearance is excessive, measure the journals of the

    camshaft.

    CC287D

    NOTE: If the journals are worn, replace the cam-

    shaft; then measure the clearance again. If it is still

    out of tolerance, replace the cylinder head.

    Inspecting Camshaft Spring/Drive

    Pin (Front Camshaft Only)

    1. Inspect the spring and drive pin for damage.

    CF061A

    CF060A

    2. If damaged, the camshaft must be replaced.

    Installing Top-Side

    Components

    A. Pistons

    B. Cylinders

    1. Install the piston on the connecting rod making sure

    the circlip on each side is fully seated in the piston.

    NOTE: The piston should be installed so the arrow

    points toward the exhaust of the respective cylinder.

    GZ166

    2. Place the two alignment pins into position. Place the

    cylinder gasket into position; then place a piston

    holder (or suitable substitute) beneath the piston skirt

    and square the piston in respect to the crankcase.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-65

    3

    GZ159

    3. Lubricate the inside wall of the cylinder; then using a

    ring compressor, compress the rings and slide the

    cylinder over the piston. Route the cam chain up

    through the cylinder cam chain housing; then remove

    the piston holder and seat the cylinder firmly on the

    crankcase.

    GZ142

    4. Loosely install the two nuts securing the cylinder to

    the crankcase.

    NOTE: The two cylinder-to-crankcase nuts will be

    tightened in step 10.

    GZ141A

    GZ160A

    5. Install the coolant hose onto the crankcase union and

    tighten the clamp.

    C. Cylinder Head

    D. Valve Cover

    NOTE: Steps 1-5 in the preceding sub-section must

    precede this procedure.

    6. Place the chain guide into the cylinder.

    GZ161A

    7. Place a new head gasket into position on the cylinder.

    Place the alignment pins into position; then place the

    head assembly into position on the cylinder while

    guiding the cam chain through the cylinder head.

    GZ151

    8. Apply a light coat of grease to the cylinder head cap

    screw threads and washers; then install the cap screws.

    CAUTION

    The cylinder should slide on easily. Do not force the cyl-

    inder or damage to the piston, rings, cylinder, or crank-

    shaft assembly may occur. CAUTION

    Care should be taken that the bottom of the chain guide

    is secured in the crankcase boss.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-66

    GZ132B

    9. Loosely install the five cylinder head nuts.

    10. In a crisscross pattern, tighten the four cylinder head

    cap screws (from step 8) initally to 20 ft-lb; then

    increase to 30 ft-lb, and finally to 37 ft-lb. Tighten

    the 8 mm nut (from step 9) to 18 ft-lb; then using a

    crisscross pattern, tighten the 6 mm nuts (from step

    9) to 8 ft-lb. Tighten the two cylinder-to-crankcase

    nuts (from step 4) securely.

    NOTE: If both cylinders have been removed, repeat

    steps 1-10 for the remaining cylinder.

    11. With the timing inspection plug removed and the

    chains held tight, rotate the crankshaft until the front

    piston is at top-dead-center.

    12. With the alignment pin installed in the camshaft,

    loosely place the cam sprocket (with the recessed side

    facing the cam shaft lobes) onto the camshaft. At this

    point, do not “seat” the sprocket onto the shaft.

    732-307B

    GZ130

    NOTE: At this point, oil the camshaft bearings, cam

    lobes, and the three seating journals on the cylinder.

    13. With the cam lobes directed down (toward the pis-

    ton), maneuver the camshaft/sprocket assembly

    through the chain and towards its seating position;

    then loop the chain over the sprocket.

    NOTE: Note the position of the alignment marks on

    the end of the camshaft. They must be parallel with

    the valve cover mating surface. If rotating the cam-

    shaft and sproket is necessary for alignment, do not

    allow the crankshaft to rotate and be sure the cam

    lobes end up in the down position.

    GZ190C

    14. Seat the cam sprocket onto the camshaft making sure

    the alignment pin in the camshaft aligns with the

    smallest hole in the sprocket; then place the cam-

    shaft/sprocket assembly onto the cylinder ensuring

    the following.

    GZ190B

    A. Piston still at top-dead-center.

    B. Camshaft lobes directed down (toward the pis-

    ton).

    C. Camshaft alignment marks parallel to the valve

    cover mating surface.

    D. Recessed side of the sprocket directed toward the

    cam lobes.

    E. Camshaft alignment pin and sprocket alignment

    hole (smallest) are aligned.

    CAUTION

    If any of the above factors are not as stated, go back to

    step 11 and carefully proceed.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-67

    3

    15. Place the tab-washer onto the sprocket making sure it

    covers the pin in the alignment hole.

    ATV1027

    16. Install the first cap screw (threads coated with red

    Loctite #271) securing the sprocket and tab-washer

    to the camshaft. Tighten only until snug.

    GZ195

    17. Keeping tension on the opposite cam chain, rotate

    the crankshaft until the second cap screw securing

    the sprocket to the camshaft can be installed; then

    install the cap screw (threads coated with red Loctite

    #271) and tighten to 10 ft-lb. Bend the tab to secure

    the cap screw.

    GZ193

    18. Rotate the crankshaft until the first cap screw (from

    step 16) can be tightened; then tighten to 10 ft-lb.

    Bend the tab to secure the cap screw.

    19. Keeping tension on the rear cam chain, rotate the

    engine forward 270° until rear piston is at TDC indi-

    cated by timing mark R.

    GZ060

    20. With the cam lobes directed down (toward the pis-

    ton), maneuver the camshaft/sprocket assembly

    through the chain and towards its seating position;

    then loop the chain over the sprocket.

    NOTE: Note the position of the alignment marks on

    the end of the camshaft. They must be parallel with

    the valve cover mating surface. If rotating the cam-

    shaft and sproket is necessary for alignment, do not

    allow the crankshaft to rotate and be sure the cam

    lobes end up in the down position.

    GZ190C

    CAUTION

    Care must be taken that the tab-washer is installed cor-

    rectly to cover the alignment hole on the sprocket. If the

    alignment pin falls out, severe engine damage will result.

    CAUTION

    Failure to keep tension on any loose cam chain may

    cause severe engine damage.

    AT THIS POINT

    Return the engine to TDC on the front cylinder making

    sure the cam lobes are directed downward to ensure

    correct starting point for step 19.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-68

    GZ190B

    21. Seat the cam sprocket onto the camshaft making sure

    the alignment pin in the camshaft aligns with the

    smallest hole in the sprocket; then place the cam-

    shaft/sprocket assembly onto the cylinder ensuring

    the following.

    732-307B

    A. Piston still at top-dead-center.

    B. Camshaft lobes directed down (toward the pis-

    ton).

    C. Camshaft alignment marks offset 5° from the

    valve cover mating surface.

    D. Recessed side of the sprocket directed toward the

    cam lobes.

    E. Camshaft alignment pin and sprocket alignment

    hole (smallest) are aligned.

    22. Place tab-washer onto the sprocket making sure it

    covers the pin in the alignment hole.

    ATV-1027

    23. Install the first cap screw (threads coated with red

    Loctite #271) securing the sprocket and tab-washer

    to the camshaft. Tighten only until snug.

    GZ195

    24. Rotate the crankshaft until the second cap screw

    securing the sprocket to the camshaft can be

    installed; then install the cap screw (threads coated

    with red Loctite #271) and tighten to 10 ft-lb. Bend

    the tab to secure the cap screw.

    GZ193

    CAUTION

    If any of the above factors are not as stated go back to

    step 19 and carefully proceed.

    CAUTION

    Care must be taken that the tab-washer is installed cor

    rectly to cover the alignment hole on the sprocket. If the

    alignment pin falls out, severe engine damage will

    result.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-69

    3

    CD465

    25. Rotate the crankshaft until the first cap screw (from

    step 23) can be addressed; then tighten to 10 ft-lb.

    Bend the tab to secure the cap screw.

    GZ194

    26. Place the C-rings into position in their grooves in the

    cylinder heads.

    CC012D

    27. Install the cylinder head plugs in the cylinder heads

    with the open end facing downward and toward the

    inside.

    CD468

    28. Remove the cap screw from the end of the chain ten-

    sioner; then using a flat-blade screwdriver, rotate the

    adjuster screw inside the tensioner clockwise until

    the screw bottoms.

    CD501

    NOTE: The adjuster shaft will be drawn into the ten-

    sioner as the adjuster screw is rotated clockwise. The

    adjuster shaft tension will be released in step 30.

    29. Place the chain tensioner adjuster assembly and gas-

    ket into position on the cylinder and secure with the

    two cap screws.

    CD469

    30. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, rotate the adjuster

    screw inside the tensioner counterclockwise until all

    tension is released; then install the cap screw into the

    end of the chain tensioner.

    CAUTION

    The open end of the plug must be positioned downward.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-70

    GZ201

    CD471

    31. Loosen the four adjuster screw jam nuts; then loosen

    the four adjuster screws on the rocker arms in the

    valve cover.

    GZ199

    32. Apply a thin coat of Three Bond Sealant to the mat-

    ing surfaces of the cylinder heads.

    GZ202

    33. Lubricate the camshaft journals and lobes with

    engine oil; then place the valve cover into position.

    GZ206

    NOTE: At this point, the rocker arms and adjuster

    screws must not have pressure on them.

    34. Install the top side cap screws with rubber washers;

    then install the remaining cap screws. Tighten only

    until snug.

    CC003D

    35. In a crisscross pattern starting from the center and

    working outward, tighten the cap screws on both

    valve covers securely.

    36. Adjust valve/tappet clearance (see Section 2).

    37. Place the tappet covers into position making sure the

    O-rings are properly installed. Tighten the cap

    screws securely.

    GZ208

    38. If removed, install the spark plugs. Tighten securely.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-71

    3

    Left-Side Components

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove and

    disassemble only those components which need to

    be addressed and to service only those components.

    The technician should use discretion and sound

    judgment.

    NOTE: The engine/transmission does not have to

    be removed from the frame for this procedure.

    Removing Left-Side

    Components

    A. Magneto Cover/Stator Coils

    B. Water Pump

    C. Shifter Assembly

    D. Rotor/Flywheel/Starter Clutch

    E. Speed Sensor/Trigger Assembly

    1. Remove the cap screws securing the magneto cover

    to the crankcase; then remove the magneto cover.

    Account for the gasket.

    GZ212A

    2. Remove the starter motor, starter driven gear (A),

    starter countershaft bushing (B), and starter counter-

    shaft gear (C); then remove the starter gear shafts (D)

    noting that the longer shaft is nearest the starter.

    GZ224A

    NOTE: The starter is not serviceable and must be

    replaced as a complete assembly.

    3. Remove the rotor/flywheel nut; then install the

    appropriate crankshaft protector into the crankshaft.

    PR440

    4. Install Magneto Rotor Remover Set and loosen the

    rotor/flywheel; then remove the crankshaft protector

    and rotor/flywheel from the crankshaft. Account for

    the flywheel key.

    GZ216

    NOTE: The puller has left-hand threads.

    AT THIS POINT

    To service any one specific component, only limited dis-

    assembly of components may be necessary. Note the

    AT THIS POINT information in each sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-72

    GZ217

    5. With the flywheel key removed, remove the starter

    ring-gear and spacer washer.

    GZ226

    GZ249

    6. Remove the hose clamps from the water pump; then

    remove the coolant hoses from the water pump out-

    lets and coolant pipes.

    GZ218

    7. Remove the two cap screws securing the water pump

    to the crankcase; then remove the water pump.

    Account for an O-ring.

    GZ230A

    NOTE: The water pump is a non-serviceable compo-

    nent and must be replaced as a complete assembly.

    8. Remove the cap screws securing the gear shift cover

    to the crankcase; then remove the gear shift cover.

    Account for a gasket and washer.

    NOTE: Inspect the inside of the left-side cover for

    any shaft washers that may have come off with the

    cover. Make sure they are returned to their respective

    shafts.

    GZ231A

    GZ233A

    9. Remove the nut (A) from the shift cam stopper bolt

    (B); then remove the cam stopper spring (C).

    Account for a flat washer (D).

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-73

    3

    GZ236A

    10. Remove the cap screw securing the shift cam plate to

    the shift cam shaft and remove the shift cam plate;

    then remove the shift shaft. Account for a washer.

    GZ234B

    11. Remove the cap screws securing the speed sensor

    housing to the crankcase and remove the housing

    assembly; then remove the snap ring securing the

    speed sensor trigger to the shaft and remove the trig-

    ger. Account for a gasket.

    NOTE: It may be necessary to use a small two-jaw

    puller to remove the trigger.

    GZ243

    GZ235

    12. Remove the cap screws securing the oil filler cover

    to the crankcase; then remove the cover. Account for

    an O-ring.

    GZ250

    Installing Left-Side

    Components

    1. Thoroughly clean all gasket material and sealant

    from mating surfaces.

    2. Install a new O-ring on the oil filler cover and coat it

    with clean engine oil; then install the oil filler cover

    into the crankcase and secure with the cap screws.

    Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ250

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-74

    3. Clean the countershaft and trigger splines throughly

    and install the inner snap ring onto the shaft; then

    apply green Loctite #620 to the trigger and counter-

    shaft splines and install the trigger. Secure with a flat

    washer and outer snap ring.

    GZ253

    GZ254

    4. Using a new gasket, install the speed sensor housing

    onto the crankcase and secure with two cap screws.

    Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ232

    5. If removed, install the shift cam stopper on the sup-

    port; then with the flat washer in place, install the

    shift cam stopper assembly into the crankcase and

    tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ255

    GZ256

    6. Install the shift cam stopper spring onto the shift cam

    stopper and secure with a flat washer and flange nut.

    Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ259

    7. Install the shift cam plate onto the shift cam shaft and

    secure with the cap screw. Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ260

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-75

    3

    8. Install the shift shaft into the crankcase making sure

    the washers are properly located; then align the tim-

    ing reference marks and completely seat the shift

    shaft.

    GZ258

    GZ261

    9. Apply grease to the lips of the shift shaft seal in the

    shifter housing; then using a new gasket, install the

    shifter housing and secure with the cap screws.

    Tighten in a crisscross pattern to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ262

    10. Install the spacer washer on the crankshaft; then

    install the starter ring gear.

    GZ249

    GZ226

    11. Place the key into the keyway in the crankshaft; then

    wipe all oil from the crankshaft surface and rotor/fly-

    wheel bore and install the rotor/flywheel onto the

    crankshaft aligning the keyway with the key. Secure

    with the nut and tighten to 107 ft-lb.

    GZ225

    12. Install the starter driven and counter gear shafts (D)

    into the crankcase (longer shaft to the front); then

    install the starter countershaft gear (C), starter driven

    gear (A), and bushing (B) making sure the cham-

    fered gear teeth on the countershaft gear are directed

    outward.

    CAUTION

    Make sure the one-way starter clutch is properly

    engaged with the starter ring gear before installing and

    tightening the rotor/flywheel nut or damage to the

    clutch assembly could occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-76

    GZ224A

    13. Install the starter motor with a new O-ring lightly

    lubricated with grease; then tighten the mounting cap

    screws to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ251

    14. Place the seal protector into the end of the crank-

    shaft; then install the magneto cover using a new

    gasket and secure with the cap screws. Using the pat-

    tern shown, tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ212B

    Right-Side Components

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove and

    disassemble only those components which need to be

    addressed and to service only those components. The

    technician should use discretion and sound judgment.

    NOTE: The engine/transmission does not have to

    be removed from the frame for this procedure.

    Removing Right-Side

    Components

    A. V-Belt Cover

    B. Driven Pulley

    C. Clutch Cover

    D. Centrifugal Clutch

    1. Remove the cap screws securing the V-belt cover;

    then using a rubber mallet, gently tap on the cover

    tabs to loosen the cover. Account for a gasket and

    two alignment pins.

    GZ244B

    2. Remove the nut securing the movable drive face;

    then remove the face. Account for a spacer and a flat

    washer.

    GZ074

    AT THIS POINT

    To service any one specific component, only limited dis-

    assembly of components may be necessary. Note the

    AT THIS POINT information in each sub-section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-77

    3

    CD966A

    3. Remove the V-belt.

    4. Remove the nut securing the fixed driven assembly;

    then remove the assembly.

    PR388

    5. Remove the fixed drive face.

    6. Remove the cap screws securing the V-belt housing

    to the crankcase; then remove the V-belt housing.

    Account for two alignment pins.

    GZ246A

    7. Remove the cap screws securing the clutch cover;

    then using a rubber mallet, carefully remove the

    cover. Account for two alignment pins.

    GZ246B

    GZ247A

    NOTE: To aid in installing, it is recommended that

    the assemblies are kept together and IN ORDER.

    8. Remove the one-way clutch from the centrifugal

    clutch. Note the location of the green dot (or the

    word OUTSIDE) for installing purposes.

    GZ247B

    9. Using a hydraulic press, remove the clutch housing

    assembly from the clutch cover. Account for the left

    fixed drive spacer and an O-ring inside the fixed

    drive spacer.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-78

    CF085

    CC596

    NOTE: Account for and inspect the clutch housing

    seal.

    10. Remove the nut (left-hand threads) securing the

    clutch shoe assembly.

    GZ248A

    Servicing Right-Side

    Components

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, damaged in any way, or out of tolerance,

    replacement is necessary.

    INSPECTING CENTRIFUGAL CLUTCH

    SHOE

    1. Inspect the clutch shoes for uneven wear, chips,

    cracks, or discoloration. If any shoe is damaged,

    replace the complete set.

    2. Inspect the clutch shoes for wear or damage. If any

    shoe is worn to the bottom of the groove, replace the

    complete set.

    ATV1014

    INSPECTING CLUTCH HOUSING

    1. Inspect the clutch housing for burns, grooving,

    cracks, or uneven wear.

    2. If the housing is damaged in any way, the housing

    must be replaced.

    INSPECTING PRIMARY

    ONE-WAY DRIVE

    1. Insert the drive into the clutch housing.

    2. Rotate the inner race by hand and verify the inner

    race rotates only one direction.

    3. If the inner race is locked in place or rotates both

    directions, the drive assembly must be replaced.

    DRIVEN PULLEY ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: The driven pulley is a non-serviceable com-

    ponent. If the pulley faces, cam ramps, or sheeve

    bushing are worn or loose, the pulley must be

    replaced as an assembly. Do not disassemble the

    driven pulley.

    Installing Right-Side

    Components

    1. Install the clutch shoe assembly and secure with the

    flange nut (threads coated with red Loctite #271).

    Tighten to 221 ft-lb.

    CAUTION

    Always replace the clutch shoes as a complete set or

    severe imbalance could occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-79

    3

    GZ241

    2. Install the clutch cover alignment pins into the crank-

    case, apply oil to the cover gasket, and install the

    gasket onto the crankcase.

    3. Apply grease to the outer edges of the clutch hous-

    ing; then from inside the clutch cover, install the

    clutch housing into the cover.

    4. Lightly grease the clutch housing seal; then insert the

    left fixed drive spacer.

    CF088A

    5. Install the one-way clutch onto the clutch shoe

    assembly.

    GZ247

    6. Place the clutch cover/clutch housing assembly into

    position on the crankcase; then secure with the cap

    screws. Tighten in a crisscross pattern to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ246B

    7. Making sure the alignment pins are correctly

    installed, place a bead of silicone sealant on the mat-

    ing surfaces and install the V-belt housing. Secure

    with the cap screws tightened to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ263B

    GZ244A

    8. Place the driven pulley assembly into position and

    secure with the nut (coated with red Loctite #271).

    Tighten to 80 ft-lb.

    CAUTION

    When installed correctly, the green alignment dot (or the

    word OUTSIDE) on the one-way clutch is visible.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-80

    GZ066

    9. Slide the fixed drive face onto the clutch shaft.

    10. Spread the faces of the driven pulley by threading in

    a cap screw; then when the faces are separated, insert

    the belt and push down between the faces.

    GZ065A

    11. Place the V-belt into position on the driven pulley

    and over the front shaft.

    GZ085

    NOTE: The arrows on the V-belt should point for-

    ward.

    12. Pinch the V-belt together near its center and slide the

    spacer and movable drive face onto the shaft. Secure

    the drive face with a flat washer and a nut (threads

    coated with red Loctite #271). Tighten the nut to 165

    ft-lb.

    GZ075

    PR386

    NOTE: At this point, the cap screw can be removed

    from between the driven pulley faces.

    13. Rotate the V-belt and drive/driven assemblies until

    the V-belt is flush with the top of the driven pulley.

    14. Place the V-belt cover gasket into position; then

    install the cover and secure with the cap screws.

    Tighten the cap screws to 8 ft-lb.

    Center Crankcase

    Components

    NOTE: This procedure cannot be done with the

    engine/transmission in the frame. Complete Remov-

    ing procedures for Top-Side, Left-Side, and

    Right-Side must precede this procedure.

    NOTE: For efficiency, it is preferable to remove and

    disassemble only those components which need to

    be addressed and to service only those components.

    The technician should use discretion and sound

    judgment.

    CAUTION

    Make sure the splines extend beyond the drive face and

    washer or a false torque reading and spline damage

    may occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-81

    3

    Separating Crankcase

    Halves

    1. Remove the oil strainer cap; then remove the oil

    strainer.

    GZ445

    GZ446

    2. Remove the cap screws securing the lower crankcase

    to the upper crankcase halves; then using a rubber

    hammer, free the lower crankcase and remove.

    Account for two alignment pins.

    GZ447

    3. Remove the secondary drive assembly; then remove

    the secondary driven shaft assembly and set aside.

    Account for one locating ring.

    GZ448A

    GZ269A

    NOTE: Do not disassemble these assemblies

    unless service is required. If disassembled, second-

    ary gear sets will have to be reset for backlash and

    gear contact (see Servicing Center Crankcase Com-

    ponents in this section).

    4. Remove one cap screw from the right-side crankcase

    and eight cap screws from the left-side crankcase;

    then using a rubber mallet, separate the crankcase

    halves leaving all components in the right-side case.

    Account for a thrust washer on the crankshaft and

    flat washers on gear shift shaft, countershaft, and

    reverse idler. Note the location of two alignment

    pins.

    GZ454A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-82

    GZ272B

    Disassembling Crankcase

    Half

    NOTE: For steps 1-8, refer to illustration GZ474A.

    GZ474A

    NOTE: To aid in installing, it is recommended that

    the assemblies are kept together and IN ORDER.

    1. Support the right-side crankcase assembly on suit-

    able support blocks; then carefully remove the crank-

    shaft assembly (A) from the crankcase.

    GZ298

    2. Remove the snap ring securing the water pump drive

    idler (B) to the idler shaft; then remove the drive

    idler.

    GZ299A

    3. Remove the snap ring securing the water pump idler

    shaft (C) in the crankcase; then remove the shaft and

    bearings.

    GZ463A

    4. Remove the snap ring securing the oil pump driven

    gear (D) to the oil pump driveshaft; then remove the

    gear. Account for a drive pin and washer.

    GZ463B

    5. Remove the shift fork shaft (E); then remove the gear

    shift shaft assembly (F). Account for a washer and a

    spacer.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-83

    3

    DE677A

    GZ276

    6. Remove two cap screws securing the oil pump in the

    crankcase and remove the oil pump.

    GZ305

    7. Remove the driveshaft (G); then remove the counter-

    shaft assembly (with shift forks) (H). Account for

    two flat washers on the countershaft.

    GZ280B

    8. Remove the reverse idler gear (I), shaft bushing, and

    two washers.

    GZ279

    NOTE: Do not disassemble the countershaft assem-

    bly unless necessary. If necessary, see Servicing

    Center Crankcase Components sub-section.

    Servicing Center

    Crankcase Components

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, damaged in any way, or out of tolerance,

    replacement is necessary.

    SECONDARY OUTPUT DRIVE GEARS

    Initial Set-Up

    NOTE: If the secondary output driven shaft is

    replaced or disassembled, the initial set-up must be

    performed to establish correct gear tooth contact. If

    only the secondary output driveshaft or secondary

    output driven gear are replaced, proceed to Correct-

    ing Backlash in this sub-section.

    1. Install a new bearing (A) onto the secondary driven

    shaft (B) making sure the bearing locating groove is

    directed away from the driven gear splines.

    MT011A

    2. Using a suitable press, install the driven gear (C) on

    the shaft until the gear firmly seats on the shoulder of

    the shaft.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-84

    MT011B

    3. If installing the existing shaft, start with the shims

    removed during disassembly or if installing a new

    shaft, start with approximately 1.0 mm shims at point

    (D); then install the output driveshaft bearing (E)

    making sure the locating pin is directed toward the

    center of the shaft.

    MT012

    MT008A

    4. Install a new seal (F), output yoke (G), and nut (H)

    and tighten to 74 ft-lb.

    MT008B

    NOTE: Do not use a new lock nut at this time as this

    procedure may have to be repeated.

    5. Place the assembled shaft into the left crankshaft

    case; then lightly coat the gear teeth with machinist’s

    lay-out dye. Rotate the shafts through several rota-

    tions in both directions. Gear contact should extend

    from the root to the top of the gear teeth.

    MT016A

    6. To adjust tooth contact, use the following chart to

    correctly shim the driven shaft.

    7. After correct tooth contact is established, proceed to

    Checking Backlash in this sub-section.

    Checking Backlash

    1. Install the drive bevel gear assembly and driven

    bevel gear/output shaft assembly into the crankcase

    bottom cover.

    2. Mount the dial indicator so the tip is contacting a

    tooth on the secondary drive bevel gear.

    Tooth Contact Shim Correction

    Contact at Top Increase Shim Thickness

    Contact at Root Decrease Shim Thickness

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-85

    3

    GZ396

    3. Firmly hold the bearings down and while rocking the

    drive bevel gear back and forth, note the maximum

    backlash reading on the gauge.

    GZ398

    4. Acceptable backlash range is 0.127-0.381 mm

    (0.005-0.015 in.).

    Correcting Backlash

    NOTE: If backlash measurement is within the

    acceptable range, no correction is necessary.

    1. If backlash measurement is less than specified,

    remove an existing shim, measure it, and install a

    new thinner shim.

    GZ393A

    2. If backlash measurement is more than specified,

    remove an existing shim, measure it, and install a

    thicker shim.

    NOTE: Continue to remove, measure, and install

    until backlash measurement is within tolerance. Note

    the following chart.

    3. Once correct gear pattern and backlash are estab-

    lished, install a new lock nut on the output shaft yoke

    and tighten to 59 ft-lb. Peen the lock nut to the shaft.

    MT007A

    4. Using an appropriate holding fixture and wrench

    adapter, install the secondary drive gear nut and

    tighten to 74 ft-lb. The output drive assembly is now

    ready for installation.

    GZ393B

    OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY

    Disassembling and Inspecting

    1. Remove the oil pump cover; then remove the gerotor

    set, shaft, and pin (see Disassembling Crankcase

    Half in this section).

    2. Inspect the crankcase for scoring, discoloration, or

    cracks in the gerotor bore. If scored, crankcase

    assembly must be replaced.

    Backlash Measurement Shim Correction

    Under 0.127 mm (0.005 in.) Decrease Shim Thickness

    At 0.127-0.381 mm (0.005-0.015 in.) No Correction Required

    Over 0.381 mm (0.015 in.) Increase Shim Thickness

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-86

    GZ357

    3. Inspect the gerotor set for scoring, discoloration, or

    cracks; then using a feeler gauge, check the inner to

    outer rotor clearance. If measurements exceed speci-

    fications, the gerotor set must be replaced.

    GZ355

    4. Inspect the oil pump cover for scoring, discoloration,

    or cracks. Replace if damaged.

    GZ358

    5. Inspect the oil pump driveshaft and drive pin for

    excessive wear or grooving. Replace as required.

    GZ354A

    6. Remove the oil seal from the oil pump cover.

    GZ365

    Assembling

    1. Install a new oil seal into the oil pump cover; then

    coat the lips of the seal with grease and install the

    pump driveshaft from the seal side.

    GZ359

    2. Noting the reference dots on the gerotor set, separate

    the inner rotor from the outer rotor and with the ref-

    erence dot directed toward the oil pump cover, place

    the rotor on the shaft; then install the drive pin and

    push the shaft into the rotor.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-87

    3

    GZ356

    GZ363

    3. With the outer rotor reference dot directed toward the

    oil pump cover, install the rotor onto the inner rotor.

    GZ360

    4. Place a new O-ring seal on the outside of the oil

    pump cover. The oil pump assembly is now ready for

    assembly into the crankcase.

    GZ362

    CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY

    NOTE: The crankshaft and connecting rod is a

    non-serviceable assembly. If any component is out

    of specification, the assembly must be replaced.

    Measuring Connecting Rod

    (Small End Inside Diameter)

    1. Insert a snap gauge into the upper connecting rod

    small end bore; then remove the gauge and measure

    it with micrometer.

    CC290D

    2. Maximum diameter must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Connecting Rod

    (Small End Deflection)

    1. Place the crankshaft on a set of V blocks and mount a

    dial indicator and base on the surface plate. Position

    the indicator contact point against the center of the

    connecting rod small end journal.

    2. Zero the indicator and push the small end of the con-

    necting rod away from the dial indicator.

    3. Maximum deflection must not exceed specifications.

    Measuring Connecting Rod

    (Big End Side-to-Side)

    1. Push the lower end of the connecting rod to one side

    of the crankshaft journal.

    2. Using a feeler gauge, measure the gap between the

    connecting rod and crankshaft journal.

    3. Acceptable gap range must be within specifications.

    GZ491

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-88

    Measuring Crankshaft (Runout)

    1. Place the crankshaft on a set of V blocks.

    2. Mount a dial indicator and base on the surface plate.

    Position the indicator contact at point 1 of the crank-

    shaft.

    GZ489A

    3. Zero the indicator and rotate the crankshaft slowly.

    4. Maximum runout must not exceed specifications.

    NOTE: Proceed to check runout on the other end of

    the crankshaft by positioning the indicator contact at

    point 2 and following steps 3-4.

    Measuring Crankshaft

    (Web-to-Web)

    1. Using a calipers, measure the distance from the out-

    side edge of one web to the outside edge of the other

    web.

    GZ492

    2. Acceptable width range must be within specifica-

    tions.

    COUNTERSHAFT

    GZ281A

    Disassembling

    1. Remove the shift forks noting the positions for

    assembling; then remove the high driven gear outer

    washer, high driven gear, high driven gear bearing,

    high driven gear bushing, and high driven gear inner

    washer.

    GZ283A

    2. Remove the drive gear; then remove the snap ring

    securing the reverse driven gear dog and bushing to

    the countershaft.

    GZ296

    CAUTION

    Care should be taken to support the connecting rod

    when rotating the crankshaft.

    CAUTION

    When disassembling the countershaft, care must be

    taken to note the direction each major component (dog,

    gear) faces. If a major component is installed facing the

    wrong direction, transmission damage may occur

    and/or the transmission will malfunction. In either case,

    complete disassembly and assembly will be required.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-89

    3

    GZ312

    3. Remove the reverse driven gear dog.

    GZ313A

    4. Remove the snap ring securing the reverse driven

    gear and washer; then remove the washer and gear.

    GZ314

    5. Remove the reverse driven washer; then remove the

    low driven gear locking washer.

    GZ320

    GZ319

    GZ318A

    6. Remove the low driven gear. Account for a bearing,

    bushing, and thrust washer.

    GZ316

    Assembling

    1. From the drive gear end, install a thrust washer,

    bushing, and bearing; then install the low driven gear

    and washer.

    GZ317A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-90

    GZ318

    2. Install the low driven gear locking washer; then

    install the inner reverse driven gear washer.

    GZ319B

    GZ320B

    3. Install the reverse driven bushing and bearing; then

    install the reverse driven gear.

    GZ286A

    GZ287

    4. Install the outer reverse driven washer; then secure

    the reverse driven gear assembly with a snap ring.

    GZ288A

    GZ314

    5. Install the reverse driven gear dog onto the counter-

    shaft and secure with a snap ring.

    GZ313A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-91

    3

    GZ312

    6. From the opposite end of the countershaft, install the

    high/low driven gear dog (A), thrust washer (B),

    bushing (C), bearing (D), high/low driven gear (E),

    and spacer washer (F).

    GZ283B

    7. Install the drive gear washer and the shift forks. The

    countershaft is now ready for installation.

    Assembling Crankcase

    Half

    1. Install the oil pump gerotor assembly and oil pump

    cover in the crankcase and secure with two cap

    screws. Coat the threads with blue Loctite #243 and

    tighten securely to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ305

    2. Install a flat washer, drive pin, and drive gear onto

    the oil pump shaft; then secure with a snap ring

    (flat-side away from the gear).

    GZ347

    3. Install the countershaft into the crankcase and secure

    with the snap ring (flat side away from the bearing).

    GZ463A

    4. Install the countershaft gear onto the countershaft and

    secure with a snap ring (flat-side away from the gear).

    GZ299A

    5. Using rubber bands to support the connecting rods, care-

    fully install the crankshaft assembly into the crankcase.

    GZ474

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-92

    NOTE: It will be necessary to rotate the crankshaft

    back and forth to engage the teeth of the oil pump

    and countershaft gears.

    6. Install the driveshaft; then with a flat washer on each

    end of the reverse idler assembly, install into the

    crankcase.

    GZ332

    GZ333

    7. Install the gear shift shaft into the crankcase making

    sure the flat washer is in place on the right case end

    and the spacer bearing assembly on the gear shift

    stop end.

    DE677A

    GZ335

    8. Place the larger flat washer on the drive gear end of the

    countershaft and the smaller flat washer on the high

    driven gear end; then with shift forks and shift fork shaft,

    install the countershaft assembly into the crankcase.

    GZ280B

    GZ336

    9. Engage the shift forks into the gear shift shaft and

    push the shift fork shaft into the crankcase.

    GZ339

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-93

    3

    Joining Crankcase Halves

    1. Using rubber bands, support the connecting rods to

    align with the cylinder bores.

    GZ340

    2. Coat both sides with engine oil; then install the

    spacer washer on the crankshaft with the radius

    directed toward the crankshaft.

    GZ341

    3. Install the two alignment pins; then apply a thin bead

    of silicone sealant to the crankcase mating surface.

    GZ345A

    4. Carefully join the crankcase halves by placing the

    left-side crankcase onto the assembled right side.

    Secure with the cap screws (eight left side and one

    right side).

    GZ342

    5. Tighten the 6 mm cap screws to 8 ft-lb and the 8 mm

    cap screws to 20 ft-lb using the pattern shown and

    turning the shafts frequently to ensure there is no

    binding.

    NOTE: Rotate the shafts back and forth to ensure

    no binding or sticking occurs.

    GZ457A

    NOTE: Cap screw number eight (8) is installed from

    the right side.

    NOTE: If the secondary drive/driven assemblies

    have been disassembled, refer to Servicing Center

    Crankcase Components for proper gear tooth contact

    and backlash.

    AT THIS POINT

    Proper transmission shifting should be verified by turn-

    ing the gear shift shaft to select High, Low, Neutral, and

    Reverse while rotating the input shaft and observing the

    countershaft rotation.

    AT THIS POINT

    The right-side crankcase is now ready for installation to

    the left-side crankcase. Proceed to Joining Crankcase

    Halves.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-94

    6. Install the locating ring in the crankcase assembly;

    then install the secondary driven shaft assembly and

    secondary drive assembly making sure the locating

    ring and bearing engage correctly.

    GZ269A

    GZ448A

    7. Make sure the locating pins on the front and rear

    bearings are correctly seated in the crankcase.

    8. Install two alignment pins into the upper crankcase

    assembly; then apply a thin bead of silicone sealant

    to the lower crankcase cover.

    GZ452A

    GZ451

    9. Carefully place the lower crankcase cover onto the

    joined crankcase halves; then secure with the cap

    screws. Tighten the 6 mm cap screws to 8 ft-lb and

    the 8 mm cap screws to 20 ft-lb.

    GZ447

    10. Install the oil strainer; then apply a thin bead of sili-

    cone sealant to the oil strainer cap and secure with

    the cap screws. Tighten to 8 ft-lb.

    Installing

    Engine/Transmission

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends that new gaskets

    and O-rings be installed whenever servicing the ATV.

    1. Turn the front driveline to place the output drive

    yoke universal joint in the horizontal plane; then

    secure the driveshaft to the right and against the

    engine.

    AT THIS POINT

    After completing center crankcase components, pro-

    ceed to Installing Right-Side Components, to Installing

    Left-Side Components, and to Installing Top-Side Com-

    ponents.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-95

    3

    GZ117A

    2. Install the engine/transmission into the frame from

    the right side.

    3. Rotate the driveshaft 90°; then lift the front of the

    engine sufficiently to engage the splined shaft into

    the front differential. Lower the front of the engine.

    GZ110A

    GZ119

    4. Align the rear output drive flange and the rear yoke

    flange and install the cap screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    5. Align the engine with the mounting brackets and

    install the through-bolts with flat washers; then

    install the flange nuts and tighten to 45 ft-lb.

    6. Connect the coolant hose and tighten the clamps

    securely.

    7. Secure the engine and harness grounds to the engine

    and tighten the cap screw to 8 ft-lb.

    GZ064A

    8. Install the ignition coils and tighten the cap screws to

    7 ft-lb; then connect the primary wires, grounds, and

    spark plug caps.

    9. Connect the stator coil connector and crankshaft

    position sensor connector; then connect the gear

    position switch connector.

    GZ069A

    GZ493A

    10. Install the front the rear exhaust pipes with new gra-

    foil seals and tighten the retaining nuts to 20 ft-lb;

    then install the muffler and connect all exhaust junc-

    ture springs.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-96

    GZ099A

    GZ372

    11. Install the intake manifolds and tighten to 8 ft-lb;

    then install the throttle body and secure with the hose

    clamps.

    GZ106

    GZ107

    GZ090B

    12. Connect the fuel injector, TPS connector (A), MAP

    sensor connector (B), and ISC valve connector (C).

    GZ094A

    13. Install the shift linkage with bushings and secure

    with E-clips.

    14. Connect the gasline hose connectors to the fuel rails;

    then install any nylon ties that were removed during

    disassembly.

    GZ124

    15. Install the air filter housing and secure to the throttle

    body with a hose clamp; then connect the IAT sensor

    connector.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    3-97

    3

    GZ013

    16. Install the V-belt cooling duct and boots. Tighten

    securely.

    17. Install the front body panel, footrests, foot wells, and

    front rack; then install the upper bumper sup-

    port-to-frame cap screws (see Section 8).

    18. Connect the negative battery cable; then secure the

    battery with the tool tray and install the seat.

    19. Pour in the proper quantities of engine/transmission

    oil and coolant; then start the engine and warm up to

    operating temperature.

    20. Check for fluid leaks; then shut off engine and check

    fluid levels (see Section 2).

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-1

    4

    SECTION 4 —

    FUEL/LUBRICATION/COOLING

    TABLE OF

    CONTENTS

    Fuel/Lubrication/Cooling ……….………….……………... 4-2

    Electronic Fuel Injection ………..…………….…………… 4-2

    Throttle Cable Free-Play …….…………….……………... 4-4

    Engine RPM (Idle)……………..…………….……………... 4-5

    Gas Tank …..………….…………….…………….…………… 4-5

    Oil Filter/Oil Pump ………………..…………….…………… 4-5

    Testing Oil Pump Pressure.…………….…………….….. 4-5

    Oil Cooler (1000)………….…………….…………….….. 4-6

    Liquid Cooling System ………….………….……………... 4-6

    Electric Fuel Pump/Fuel Level Sensor …..…………. 4-10

    Troubleshooting …..………….…………….……………. 4-11

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-2

    Fuel/Lubrication/Cooling

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends the use of new gas-

    kets, lock nuts, and seals and lubricating all internal

    components when servicing the engine/transmission.

    NOTE: Some photographs and illustrations used in

    this section are used for clarity purposes only and

    are not designed to depict actual conditions.

    NOTE: Critical torque specifications are located in

    Section 1.

    SPECIAL TOOLS

    A number of special tools must be available to the techni

    cian when performing service procedures in this section.

    Refer to the current Special Tools Catalog for the appro

    priate tool description.

    NOTE: Special tools are available from the Arctic

    Cat Service Department.

    Electronic Fuel Injection

    TROUBLESHOOTING

    1. Verify that the electric fuel pump is operating by lis-

    tening for a “whirring” sound for several seconds

    after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position.

    If no sound can be heard, see Electric Fuel

    Pump/Fuel Level Sensor in this section.

    2. Check for a flashing DTC (Diagnostic Trouble

    Code) on the LCD. If a code is flashing, see appro-

    priate Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) in Section 5.

    3. Make sure there is sufficient, clean gas in the gas

    tank.

    4. Verify that the battery is sufficiently charged to crank

    the engine over at normal speed.

    5. Check the air filter housing and air filter for contami-

    nation. Clean or replace as necessary (see Section 2).

    REMOVING (450)

    1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position; then

    remove the ignition switch key.

    2. Remove the seat; then disconnect the battery.

    3. Remove the storage compartment cover and air filter

    housing cover; then remove the air filter.

    4. Loosen the clamp securing the air filter housing boot

    to the throttle body inlet; then remove the boot from

    the throttle body.

    5. Slowly disconnect the gasline hose connector from

    the fuel rail.

    FI092A

    6. Remove the screw securing the throttle actuator

    cover to the throttle body; then remove the cover.

    7. Remove the throttle cable from the actuator arm.

    8. Loosen the outer jam nut securing the throttle cable to

    the throttle body; then route the cable out of the way.

    9. Remove the MAP sensor (A), fuel injector connector

    (B), ISC connector (C), and TPS connector (D).

    HDX136A

    Description p/n

    Oil Pressure Test Kit 0644-495

    Seal Removal Tool 0644-072

    Tachometer 0644-275

    ! WARNING

    Whenever any maintenance or inspection is performed

    on the fuel system during which there may be fuel leak-

    age, there should be no welding, smoking, open flames,

    etc., in the area.

    ! WARNING

    Do not turn the ignition switch to the ON position with

    the hoses removed. Gasoline will be pumped by the

    electric fuel pump causing a safety hazard.

    ! WARNING

    Gasoline may be under pressure. Place an absorbent

    towel under the connector to absorb any gasoline spray

    when disconnecting.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-3

    4

    10. Remove the cap screws securing the intake pipe to

    the cylinder head and remove the throttle body

    assembly; then remove the intake pipe from the

    throttle body. Account for an O-ring.

    FI104A

    11. Use tape to cover and seal the intake opening.

    REMOVING (1000)

    1. Remove the front rack and body panel (see Section

    8).

    2. Disconnect the wires from the IAT sensor; then

    loosen the clamp and remove the inlet air boot from

    the air filter housing.

    GZ379

    GZ091A

    3. Loosen the clamp on the throttle body intake boot;

    then remove the air filter housing from the ATV.

    4. Disconnect the three wiring connectors from the sen-

    sors on the throttle body; then remove the cap screws

    securing the throttle body to the intake manifold.

    GZ094B

    GZ381A

    5. Remove the throttle arm cover and disconnect the

    throttle cable; then remove the throttle body from the

    ATV.

    CAUTION

    Any objects or liquid entering the intake opening will

    fall into the engine causing severe damage if the engine

    is turned over or started.

    ! WARNING

    Whenever the gasline hoses are removed (other than for

    pressure testing), the battery must be disconnected to

    prevent inadvertent activation of the electronic fuel

    pump.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-4

    GZ383A

    6. Use tape to cover and seal the intake opening.

    INSTALLING (450)

    1. Install the throttle body into the intake pipe and

    secure with the clamp. Tighten securely.

    2. Place a new O-ring in the intake pipe; then position

    the pipe onto the engine and secure with two cap

    screws.

    3. Connect the throttle cable to the throttle body and

    adjust throttle cable free-play (see Throttle Cable

    Fre-Play in this section); then connect the gasline hose.

    4. Connect the four electrical connectors to the throttle

    body components.

    5. Install the air filter housing boot and secure with the

    clamp; then install the air filter, air filter cover, stor-

    age compartment, and storage compartment cover.

    6. Connect the battery (positive cable first); then install

    the seat making sure it locks securely in place.

    INSTALLING (1000)

    1. Connect the throttle cable to the throttle body; then

    remove the tape from the intake manifold and install

    the throttle body using a new O-ring. Tighten the

    cap screws securely.

    GZ381A

    2. Connect the three wiring connectors to the sensors;

    then install the air filter housing and connect all

    hoses. Tighten all clamps securely.

    GZ094B

    GZ091A

    3. Connect the wiring connector to the IAT sensor.

    4. Install the front rack and body panel (see Section 8).

    5. Install the seat making sure it locks securely in place.

    Throttle Cable Free-Play

    To adjust the throttle cable free-play, follow this proce-

    dure.

    1. Slide the rubber boot away; then loosen the jam nut

    from the throttle cable adjuster.

    AL611D

    2. Turn the adjuster until the throttle cable has proper

    free-play of 3-6 mm (1/8-1/4 in.) at the lever.

    CAUTION

    Any objects or liquid entering the intake opening will

    fall into the engine causing severe damage if the engine

    is turned over or started.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-5

    4

    ATV-0047

    3. Tighten the jam nut against the throttle cable adjuster

    securely; then slide the rubber boot over the adjuster.

    Engine RPM (Idle)

    NOTE: The idle RPM is not adjustable on the EFI

    models.

    Gas Tank

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the seat.

    2. Remove the rear rack and fenders (see Section 8).

    3. Disconnect the hose from the fuel pump to the throt-

    tle body by compressing the release on the connec-

    tor.

    FI092A

    4. Remove the cap screws securing the gas tank to the

    frame.

    5. Disconnect the fuel gauge connector; then remove

    the gas tank.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all gas tank components with parts-cleaning

    solvent.

    2. Inspect all hoses for cracks or leaks.

    3. Inspect tank cap and tank for leaks, holes, and dam-

    aged threads.

    4. Remove the fuel level sensor/fuel pick-up assembly

    and inspect the fuel level sensor and fuel screen.

    NOTE: If the fuel level sensor has failed or may be

    faulty, see Electric Fuel Pump/Fuel Level Sensor in

    this section.

    INSTALLING

    1. Install the fuel level sensor/fuel pick-up assembly.

    2. Place the gas tank into position in the frame; then

    install the cap screws. Tighten securely.

    3. Connect the gasline hose from the throttle body; then

    connect the fuel gauge connector.

    4. Fill the gas tank with gasoline.

    5. Start the engine and inspect for leakage.

    6. Install the rear fenders and rack (see Section 8); then

    install the seat making sure it latches securely.

    Oil Filter/Oil Pump

    NOTE: Whenever internal engine components wear

    excessively or break and whenever oil is contami-

    nated, the oil pump should be replaced. The oil pump

    is not a serviceable component.

    Testing Oil Pump

    Pressure

    NOTE: The engine must be warmed up to the speci-

    fied temperature for this test.

    1. Connect the Tachometer to the engine or utilize the

    LCD (if equipped).

    2. Connect the Oil Pressure Test Kit to the oil pressure

    test port (450 models) or the oil cooler to oil filter

    line (1000 models).

    ! WARNING

    Whenever any maintenance or inspection is made on

    the fuel system during which there may be fuel leakage,

    there should be no welding, smoking, open flames, etc.,

    in the area.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-6

    KC370A

    GZ118A

    GZ388A

    NOTE: Some oil seepage may occur when installing

    the oil pressure gauge. Wipe up oil residue with a

    cloth.

    3. Start the engine and run at 3000 RPM. With the oil

    temperature at 60° C (140° F), the oil pressure gauge

    must read as specified.

    NOTE: If the oil pressure is lower than specified,

    check for low oil level, defective oil pump, or

    restricted oil cooler (1000 models).

    NOTE: If the oil pressure is higher than specified,

    check for too heavy engine oil weight (see Section 1),

    clogged oil passage, clogged oil filter, or improper

    installation of the oil filter.

    Oil Cooler (1000)

    REMOVING

    NOTE: It is not necessary to drain the engine oil for

    this procedure.

    1. Remove the input and output hoses from the fittings

    on the cooler.

    2. Remove the cap screws securing the oil cooler to the

    frame. Account for grommets.

    3. Remove the oil cooler from the frame.

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the cooler into position in the frame.

    2. Secure the cooler to the frame with the cap screws

    and grommets.

    3. Install the hoses onto their respective fittings and

    secure with the clamps.

    Liquid Cooling System

    When filling the cooling system, use premixed Arctic Cat

    Antifreeze. While the cooling system is being filled, air

    pockets may develop; therefore, run the engine for five

    minutes after the initial fill, shut the engine off, and then

    fill the cooling system to the bottom of the stand pipe in

    the radiator neck.

    RADIATOR

    Removing

    1. Drain the coolant at the engine.

    2. Remove the front rack (see Section 8).

    3. Remove the front bumper and front fender panel (see

    Section 8) .

    4. Remove the upper and lower coolant hoses.

    5. Remove the cap screws and nuts securing the radia-

    tor to the frame.

    6. Disconnect the fan wiring from the main wiring har

    ness; then remove the radiator/fan assembly and

    account for the grommets and collars.

    7. Remove the fan/fan shroud assembly from the radia-

    tor.

    450 0.6-0.7 kg/cm2 (8.5-10 psi)

    1000 1.05-1.2 kg/cm2 (15-17 psi)

    CAUTION

    Elevate and secure the hoses to avoid oil spillage.

    CAUTION

    After operating the ATV for the initial 5-10 minutes, stop

    the engine, allow the engine to cool down, and check

    the coolant level. Add coolant as necessary.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-7

    4

    CC863

    Cleaning and Inspecting

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Flush the radiator with water to remove any contami-

    nants.

    2. Inspect the radiator for leaks and damage.

    3. Inspect all hoses for cracks and deterioration.

    4. Inspect all fasteners and grommets for damage or

    wear.

    Installing

    1. Position the fan/fan shroud assembly on the radiator;

    then secure with existing hardware.

    2. Place the radiator with grommets and collars into

    position on the frame; then install the cap screws and

    nuts. Tighten securely.

    3. Install the upper and lower coolant hoses; then

    secure with hose clamps.

    AF734D

    4. Install the front bumper and front fender panel (see

    Section 8).

    5. Install the front rack (see Section 8).

    6. Fill the cooling system with the recommended

    amount of antifreeze. Check for leakage.

    7. Connect the fan wiring to the main wiring harness.

    THERMOSTAT

    Removing (450)

    1. Drain approximately one quart of coolant from the

    cooling system.

    2. Remove the two cap screws securing the thermostat

    housing to the cylinder head. Account for an O-ring

    and a thermostat.

    Removing (1000)

    NOTE: The thermostat is located in a housing

    in-line with the upper radiator hoses under the air fil-

    ter housing.

    GZ036A

    1. Drain approximately one quart of coolant from the

    cooling system.

    2. Remove the machine screws securing the thermostat

    housing together. Remove the thermostat and

    account for an O-ring.

    Inspecting

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Inspect the thermostat for corrosion or spring dam-

    age.

    2. Using the following procedure, inspect the thermo-

    stat for proper operation.

    A. Suspend the thermostat in a container filled with

    water.

    B. Heat the water and monitor the temperature

    with a thermometer.

    C. The thermostat should start to open at 71-86° C

    (160-187° F).

    D. If the thermostat does not open, it must be

    replaced.

    3. Inspect all coolant hoses, connections, and clamps

    for deterioration, cracks, and wear.

    NOTE: All coolant hoses and clamps should be

    replaced every four years or 4000 miles.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-8

    Installing (450)

    1. Place the thermostat and O-ring into the thermostat

    housing; then secure the thermostat housing to the

    cylinder head with the two cap screws.

    2. Fill the cooling system with the recommended

    amount of antifreeze. Check for leakage.

    Installing (1000)

    1. Place the thermostat and O-ring into the thermostat

    housing; then secure the thermostat housing together

    with the machine screws.

    2. Fill the cooling system with the recommended

    amount of antifreeze. Check for leakage.

    COOLING FAN

    Removing

    1. Remove the radiator (see Radiator in this sub-sec-

    tion).

    2. Remove the fan assembly from the radiator.

    Installing

    1. Position the fan assembly on the radiator; then secure

    with existing hardware.

    NOTE: The fan wiring must be in the upper-right

    position.

    2. Install the radiator.

    WATER PUMP (450)

    NOTE: The water pump is a non-serviceable compo-

    nent. It must be replaced as an assembly.

    Removing

    1. Remove the radiator cap; then remove the water

    pump drain and drain the coolant.

    CC789

    2. Drain the oil from the engine/transmission.

    3. Remove the four torx-head cap screws securing the

    front and rear fenders to the footrest; then remove the

    four cap screws securing the footrest to the frame.

    Remove the footrest.

    4. Loosen the hose clamps and slide the clamps away

    from the hose ends approximately 2 in.; then remove

    both hoses from the water pump.

    5. Using an impact driver, loosen but do not remove the

    two Phillips-head cover screws.

    CC785A

    6. Remove the two cap screws securing the water pump

    to the engine; then remove the water pump.

    CC786A

    Installing

    1. Secure the water pump to the engine with the two

    cap screws tightened securely; then tighten the two

    Phillips-head cover screws securely.

    CC786A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-9

    4

    CC785A

    2. Connect the two coolant hoses to the water pump and

    secure with the clamps. Tighten securely.

    3. Place the footrest into position on the frame and

    loosely secure with four cap screws; then secure the

    front and rear fenders to the footrest with the four

    torx-head cap screws. Tighten the four torx-head cap

    screws securely; then tighten the 8 mm cap screws to

    20 ft-lb and the 10 mm cap screws to 40 ft-lb.

    4. Fill the engine/transmission with the proper amount

    of recommended oil.

    5. Fill the cooling system with the proper amount of

    recommended coolant.

    NOTE: While the cooling system is being filled, air

    pockets may develop; therefore, run the engine for

    five minutes after the initial fill, shut the engine off,

    and then fill the cooling system.

    6. Check the entire cooling system for leakage.

    WATER PUMP (1000)

    NOTE: The water pump is a non-serviceable compo-

    nent. It must be replaced as an assembly.

    Removing

    1. Remove the coolant drain plug; then remove the

    radiator cap and drain the coolant into a suitable con-

    tainer.

    GZ093A

    NOTE: Always use a large container and have suffi-

    cient floor drying material available when draining

    the coolant in case of coolant spillage.

    2. Remove the coolant hoses from the water pump; then

    remove two cap screws securing the water pump to

    the crankcase.

    GZ230A

    3. Remove the water pump from the engine.

    Installing

    1. Install a new O-ring onto the water pump and lightly

    coat with clean engine oil.

    GZ252C

    2. Install the water pump assembly onto the engine

    aligning the flat drive on the water pump to the slot

    in the driveshaft.

    GZ252D

    CAUTION

    After operating the ATV for the initial 5-10 minutes, stop

    the engine, allow the engine to cool down, and check

    the coolant level. Add coolant as necessary.

    CAUTION

    Do not force the water pump housing into the crankcase

    or severe engine damage may occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-10

    3. Secure the water pump with the two cap screws and

    tighten securely; then connect the coolant hoses and

    secure with hose clamps.

    4. Install and tighten the coolant drain plug securely;

    then fill the cooling system with the proper amount

    of recommended coolant and install the radiator cap.

    5. Start the engine and check for coolant leaks; then add

    coolant if necessary to proper level.

    Electric Fuel Pump/Fuel

    Level Sensor

    The electric fuel pump and fuel level sensor are not ser

    viceable components. If either component fails, it must

    be replaced.

    TESTING

    1. Turn the ignition switch ON and listen for a momen-

    tary “whirring” sound of the pump building pressure.

    If the sound is heard (10 seconds), no electrical

    checks are necessary. Turn the ignition switch OFF.

    2. Disconnect the gasline hose from the throttle body;

    then install a suitable pressure gauge.

    FI092A

    3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The fuel

    pressure should build until the pump shuts off. Pres-

    sure should read 3.0 kg-cm2 (43 psi).

    4. If the pump is not running, disconnect the fuel

    pump/tank sensor connector by reaching under the

    rear rack from behind.

    5. Connect a multimeter to the power supply leads with

    the red tester lead to the red wire and the black tester

    lead to the black wire; then turn the ignition switch to

    the ON position. The meter should read battery volt-

    age. If battery voltage is indicated and the fuel pump

    does not run, replace the pump assembly. If no bat-

    tery voltage is indicated, check the ECU and the

    vehicle tilt sensor.

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the rear rack and fenders (see Section 8);

    then disconnect the power supply/fuel hose connec-

    tor.

    2. Remove the spring clamp; then remove the fuel hose.

    3. Remove the screws securing the fuel pump to the gas

    tank; then make a reference mark on the fuel pump

    and tank.

    4. Lift out the fuel pump assembly carefully tilting it

    forward to clear the voltage regulator; then guide the

    pump and float lever through the opening in the gas

    tank.

    5. Using duct tape or other suitable means, cover the

    fuel pump opening.

    INSPECTING

    1. Inspect the fuel screen and blow clean with low pres-

    sure compressed air.

    2. Move the float lever and check for free movement.

    The float assembly should return to the lower posi-

    tion without force. If not, replace the fuel pump

    assembly.

    3. Test the fuel level sensor by connecting a multimeter

    (A) to the fuel level sensor leads (B); then select

    OHMS. The multimeter should show 5 ohms at full

    fuel position (C) and 95 ohms at empty fuel position

    (D).

    CAUTION

    After operating the ATV for the initial 5-10 minutes, stop

    the engine, allow the engine to cool down, and check

    the coolant level. Add coolant as necessary.

    ! WARNING

    Whenever any maintenance or inspection is made on

    the fuel system during which there may be fuel leakage,

    there should be no welding, smoking, open flames, etc.,

    in the area.

    AT THIS POINT

    Prior to removing the electric fuel pump, the following

    check should be performed to determine that removal

    is necessary.

    ! WARNING

    Gasoline may be under pressure. Place an absorbent

    towel under the connector to absorb any gasoline spray

    when disconnecting.

    CAUTION

    Take care not to damage the float or float arm or

    replacement of the entire assembly will be necessary.

    AT THIS POINT

    If the pump has failed earlier test and must be

    replaced, proceed to INSTALLING.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    4-11

    4

    ATV2116

    NOTE: If readings are erratic, clean the resistor

    wiper and resistor with clean alcohol and retest. If

    still not correct, replace the fuel level sensor.

    4. To replace the fuel level sensor, use the following

    procedure.

    A. Disconnect the two-wire connector (A); then

    press the fuel level sensor toward the top of the

    fuel pump to release it from the mounting slot

    (B).

    FI460A

    B. Engage the tabs (C) of the fuel level sensor into

    the mounting slot (B) and press toward the bot-

    tom of the fuel pump to latch in place; then con-

    nect the two-wire connector (A).

    INSTALLING

    1. Mark the new fuel pump with a reference mark in the

    same location as the removed pump; then place the

    new gasket on the pump.

    2. Remove the material covering the fuel pump open

    ing; then carefully guide the fuel pump into position

    taking care not to damage the float or float lever.

    KX190

    3. Rotate the fuel pump until the match marks align;

    then install the mounting screws and tighten securely

    using a crisscross pattern.

    NOTE: It is important to install the fuel pump with

    the correct orientation to ensure adequate float lever

    clearance.

    4. Connect the wires, fuel hose, and spring clamp; then

    turn the ignition switch to the ON position. Note that

    the fuel pump runs momentarily and the fuel gauge

    indicates the proper fuel level.

    5. With the transmission in neutral and brake lever lock

    engaged, start the engine and check for normal oper

    ation. Check for any fuel leaks.

    6. Install any wire ties that were removed; then install

    the rear fenders, rack, and seat making sure the seat

    locks securely.

    Troubleshooting

    Problem: Starting impaired

    Condition Remedy

    1. Gas contaminated 1. Drain gas tank and fill with clean gas

    Problem: Idling or low speed impaired

    Condition Remedy

    1. TPS out of adjustment 1. Adjust TPS

    Problem: Medium or high speed impaired

    Condition Remedy

    1. High RPM “cut out” against RPM limiter 1. Decrease RPM speed

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-1

    5

    SECTION 5 —

    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

    TABLE OF

    CONTENTS

    Electrical System………….…………….…………….…….. 5-2

    Electrical Connections……..………….…………….…….. 5-2

    Battery…………………….……………..…………….……….. 5-2

    RPM Limiter.…………….………….…………….…………… 5-3

    Testing Electrical Components……………..…………… 5-3

    Accessory Receptacle/Connector ……………………... 5-3

    Brakelight Switch (Auxiliary)..……………….…………… 5-3

    Brakelight Switch (Handlebar Control) ..……………... 5-4

    Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor………… 5-5

    Fan Motor ……..…………….…………….…………….…….. 5-5

    Power Distribution Module (PDM) …………….…….. 5-5

    Ignition Coil …………..…………….…………….…………... 5-6

    EFI Sensors/Components ..…………….…………….….. 5-7

    Speed Sensor ……….…………….…………….…………… 5-8

    Electronic Power Steering (EPS)…………..…………… 5-8

    Ignition Switch ……….…………….…………….…………. 5-10

    Handlebar Control Switches…..…………….…………. 5-10

    Drive Select Switch …………………….…………….…… 5-11

    Front Drive/Differential Lock Actuator….……………. 5-12

    Stator Coil/Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor.……. 5-12

    Starter Relay ………………………..…………….……… 5-13

    Starter Motor …………………………..…………….……… 5-13

    Electronic Control Unit (ECU)……….………….……… 5-14

    Regulator/Rectifier…….……………..…………….……… 5-14

    Headlights …….…………….………….…………….……… 5-14

    Taillight — Brakelight …..……………..……………….…… 5-15

    Ignition Timing……………..………….…………….……… 5-15

    Tilt Sensor …….…………….…………….………….……… 5-15

    Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) (450) ……………… 5-16

    Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) (1000 FIS)………… 5-18

    Throttle Position Sensor (TPS)

    (1000 TRV/1000 Cruiser/1000 Mud Pro) ……….. 5-20

    Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) (1000 FIS)……… 5-22

    Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)

    (450/1000 TRV/1000 Cruiser/1000 Mud Pro) …….. 5-22

    Troubleshooting …..…………….…………….……………. 5-24

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-2

    Electrical System

    This section has been organized into sub-sections which

    show procedures for the complete servicing of the Arctic

    Cat ATV electrical system.

    NOTE: Some photographs and illustrations used in

    this section are used for clarity purposes only and

    are not designed to depict actual conditions.

    SPECIAL TOOLS

    A number of special tools must be available to the techni-

    cian when performing service procedures in this section.

    Refer to the current Special Tool Catalog for the appro-

    priate tool description.

    NOTE: Special tools are available from the Arctic

    Cat Service Department.

    Electrical Connections

    The electrical connections should be checked periodi-

    cally for proper function. In case of an electrical failure,

    check fuses, connections (for tightness, corrosion, dam-

    age), and/or bulbs.

    Battery

    After being in service, batteries require regular cleaning

    and recharging in order to deliver peak performance and

    maximum service life. The following procedure is rec-

    ommended for cleaning and maintaining a sealed battery.

    Always read and follow instructions provided with bat-

    tery chargers and battery products.

    NOTE: Refer to all warnings and cautions provided

    with the battery or battery maintainer/charger.

    Loss of battery charge may be caused by ambient temper

    ature, ignition OFF current draw, corroded terminals, self

    discharge, frequent start/stops, and short engine run

    times. Frequent winch usage, snowplowing, extended

    low RPM operation, short trips, and high amperage

    accessory usage are also reasons for battery discharge.

    Maintenance Charging

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends the use of the CTEK

    Multi US 800 or the CTEK Multi US 3300 for battery

    maintenance charging. Maintenance charging is

    required on all batteries not used for more than two

    weeks or as required by battery drain.

    800E

    1. When charging a battery in the vehicle, be sure the

    ignition switch is in the OFF position.

    2. Clean the battery terminals with a solution of baking

    soda and water.

    NOTE: The sealing strip should NOT be removed

    and NO fluid should be added.

    3. Be sure the charger and battery are in a well-venti-

    lated area. Be sure the charger is unplugged from the

    110-volt electrical outlet.

    4. Connect the red terminal lead from the charger to the

    positive terminal of the battery; then connect the

    black terminal lead of the charger to the negative ter

    minal of the battery.

    NOTE: Optional battery charging adapters are avail-

    able from your authorized Arctic Cat dealer to con-

    nect directly to your vehicle from the recommended

    chargers to simplify the maintenance charging pro-

    cess. Check with your authorized Arctic Cat dealer

    for proper installation of these charging adapter con-

    nectors.

    5. Plug the battery charger into a 110-volt electrical

    outlet.

    6. If using the CTEK Multi US 800, there are no further

    buttons to push. If using the CTEK Multi US 3300,

    press the Mode button (A) at the left of the charger

    until the Maintenance Charge Icon (B) at the bottom

    illuminates. The Normal Charge Indicator (C) should

    illuminate on the upper portion of the battery charger.

    NOTE: The maintainer/charger will charge the bat-

    tery to 95% capacity at which time the Maintenance

    Charge Indicator (D) will illuminate and the main-

    tainer/charger will change to pulse/float mainte-

    nance. If the battery falls below 12.9 DC volts, the

    charger will automatically start again at the first step

    of the charge sequence.

    Description p/n

    Diagnostic Harness 0486-219

    Fluke Model 77 Multimeter 0644-559

    MaxiClips 0744-041

    Peak Voltage Reading Adapter 0644-307

    Tachometer 0644-275

    Test Plug/Code List 0444-216

    Timing Light 0644-296

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-3

    5

    3300A

    NOTE: Not using a battery charger with the proper

    float maintenance will damage the battery if con-

    nected over extended periods.

    Charging

    NOTE: Arctic Cat recommends the use of the CTEK

    Multi US 800 or the CTEK Multi US 3300 for battery

    maintenance charging.

    1. Be sure the battery and terminals have been cleaned

    with a baking soda and water solution.

    NOTE: The sealing strip should NOT be removed

    and NO fluid should be added.

    2. Be sure the charger and battery are in a well-venti-

    lated area. Be sure the charger is unplugged from the

    110-volt electrical outlet.

    3. Connect the red terminal lead from the charger to the

    positive terminal of the battery; then connect the

    black terminal lead of the charger to the negative ter

    minal of the battery.

    4. Plug the charger into a 110-volt electrical outlet.

    5. By pushing the Mode button (A) on the left side of

    the charger, select the Normal Charge Icon (E). The

    Normal Charge Indicator (C) should illuminate on

    the upper left portion of the charger.

    6. The battery will charge to 95% of its capacity at

    which time the Maintenance Charge Indicator (D)

    will illuminate.

    NOTE: For optimal charge and performance, leave

    the charger connected to the battery for a minimum 1

    hour after the Maintenance Charge Indicator (D) illu-

    minates. If the battery becomes hot to the touch, stop

    charging. Resume after it has cooled.

    7. Once the battery has reached full charge, unplug the

    charger from the 110-volt electrical outlet.

    NOTE: If, after charging, the battery does not perform

    to operator expectations, bring the battery to an autho-

    rized Arctic Cat dealer for further troubleshooting.

    RPM Limiter

    NOTE: The ATV is equipped with an ECU that

    retards ignition timing when maximum RPM is

    approached. When the RPM limiter is activated, it

    could be misinterpreted as a high-speed misfire.

    Testing Electrical

    Components

    All of the electrical tests should be made using the Fluke

    Model 77 Multimeter and when testing peak voltage, the

    Peak Voltage Reading Adapter must be used. If any other

    type of meter is used, readings may vary due to internal

    circuitry. When troubleshooting a specific component,

    always verify first that the fuse(s) are good, that the

    bulb(s) are good, that the connections are clean and tight,

    that the battery is fully charged, and that all appropriate

    switches are activated.

    NOTE: For absolute accuracy, all tests should be

    made at room temperature of 68° F.

    Accessory

    Receptacle/Connector

    NOTE: This test procedure is for either the recepta-

    cle or the connector.

    VOLTAGE

    1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position; then

    set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the red/white wire or

    the positive connector; then connect the black tes-

    ter lead to ground.

    3. The meter must show battery voltage.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no battery voltage, trou-

    bleshoot the battery, fuse, receptacle, connector, or

    the main wiring harness.

    Brakelight Switch

    (Auxiliary)

    The switch connector is the two-prong connector on the

    brake switch lead above the gas tank on the right side.

    NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the ON posi-

    tion.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-4

    VOLTAGE (Wiring Harness Side)

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester to the orange wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the red/blue wire.

    FI510

    3. The meter must show battery voltage.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no battery voltage, trouble-

    shoot the battery, fuse, switch, or the main wiring harness.

    NOTE: If the meter shows battery voltage, the main

    wiring harness is good; proceed to test the

    switch/component, the connector, and the switch wir

    ing harness for resistance.

    RESISTANCE (Switch Connector)

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to one black wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the other black wire.

    FI502

    3. When the brake pedal is depressed, the meter must

    show less than 1 ohm.

    NOTE: If the meter shows more than 1 ohm of resis-

    tance, replace the switch.

    Brakelight Switch

    (Handlebar Control)

    To access the connector, remove the access panel.

    NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the ON position.

    VOLTAGE

    (Wiring Harness Connector)

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the orange wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the red/blue wire.

    FI489

    3. The meter must show battery voltage.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no battery voltage, trouble-

    shoot the battery, fuse, switch, or the main wiring harness.

    NOTE: If the meter shows battery voltage, the main

    wiring harness is good; proceed to test the

    switch/component, the connector, and the switch wir-

    ing harness for resistance.

    RESISTANCE (Switch Connector)

    NOTE: The brake lever must be compressed for this

    test. Also, the ignition switch must be in the OFF position.

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to one black wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the other black wire.

    FI490

    3. When the lever is compressed, the meter must

    show less than 1 ohm.

    NOTE: If the meter shows more than 1 ohm of resis-

    tance, replace the switch.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-5

    5

    Engine Coolant

    Temperature (ECT)

    Sensor

    1. Connect the meter leads (selector in OHMS posi-

    tion) to the sensor terminals.

    2. Suspend the sensor and a thermometer in a con-

    tainer of cooking oil; then heat the oil.

    NOTE: Neither the sensor nor the thermometer

    should be allowed to touch the bottom of the con-

    tainer or inaccurate readings will occur. Use wire

    holders to suspend the sensor and thermometer.

    3. On the ECT sensor when the temperature reaches

    20° C (68° F), the meter should read approxi-

    mately 2.45k ohms.

    4. On the ECT sensor when the temperature reaches

    50° C (122° F), the meter should read approxi-

    mately 800 ohms.

    5. On the ECT sensor when the temperature reaches

    80° C (176° F), the meter should read approxi-

    mately 318 ohms.

    6. On the ECT sensor when the temperature reaches

    110° C (230° F), the meter should read approxi-

    mately 142 ohms.

    7. If the readings are not as indicated, the sensor

    must be replaced.

    8. Install the sensor and tighten securely.

    9. Connect the leads.

    Fan Motor

    The connector is the black two-prong one located above

    the oil cooler/radiator.

    NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the ON posi-

    tion.

    RESISTANCE (Fan Motor Connector)

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the blue wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the black wire.

    FI501A

    3. The meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    NOTE: If the meter shows more than 1 ohm of resis-

    tance, troubleshoot or replace the fan motor.

    NOTE: To determine if the fan motor is good, con

    nect the red wire from the fan connector to the posi-

    tive side of a 12 volt battery; then connect the black

    wire from the fan connector to the negative side. The

    fan should operate.

    Power Distribution

    Module (PDM)

    The fuses are located in a power distribution module

    under the seat. If there is any type of electrical system

    failure, always check the fuses first.

    NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the LIGHTS

    position.

    1. Remove all fuses from the distribution module.

    2. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    3. Connect the black tester lead to ground.

    4. Using the red tester lead, contact each end of the

    fuse holder connector terminals individually.

    5. The meter must show battery voltage from one

    side of the connector terminal ends.

    NOTE: Battery voltage will be indicated from only

    one side of the fuse holder connector terminal; the

    other side will show no voltage.

    NOTE: When testing the HI fuse holder, the head-

    light dimmer switch must be in the HI position; when

    testing the LIGHTS fuse holder, the headlight dimmer

    switch can be in either position.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no battery voltage, trou-

    bleshoot the battery, switches, distribution module,

    or the main wiring harness.

    ! WARNING

    Wear insulated gloves and safety glasses. Heated oil can

    cause severe burns.

    ! WARNING

    Care should be taken to keep clear of the fan blades.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-6

    FUSES

    NOTE: To remove a fuse, compress the locking tabs

    on either side of the fuse case and lift out.

    2411-090

    2411-081

    2411-091

    2411-214

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to one spade end of the

    fuse; then connect the black tester lead to the other

    spade end.

    3. The meter must show less than 1 ohm resistance.

    If the meter reads open, replace the fuse.

    NOTE: Make sure the fuses are returned to their

    proper position according to amperage. Refer to the

    fuse block decal for fuse placement.

    RELAYS

    The 4-pin relays are identical plug-in type. Relay func-

    tion can be checked by switching relay positions. The

    relays are interchangeable.

    NOTE: The module and wiring harness are not a service

    able components and must be replaced as an assembly.

    Ignition Coil

    NOTE: On the 1000 models, the following proce-

    dures should be performed on both ignition coils.

    The ignition coil is on the frame above the engine. To access

    the coil, the side panel must be removed (see Section 8).

    RESISTANCE

    NOTE: For these tests, the meter selector should be

    set to the OHMS position and the primary wire(s)

    should be disconnected.

    Primary Winding

    1. Connect the red tester lead to either terminal; then

    connect the black tester lead to the other terminal.

    2. The meter reading must be within specification.

    Secondary Winding

    1. Remove the plug cap from the high tension lead; then

    connect the red tester lead to the high tension lead.

    2. Connect the black tester lead to either primary

    connector.

    3. The meter reading must be within specification.

    NOTE: If the meter does not show as specified,

    replace ignition coil.

    Spark Plug Cap

    1. Connect the red tester lead to one end of the cap;

    then connect the black tester lead to the other end

    of the cap.

    450/450 TRV

    1000 Cruiser

    1000 Mud Pro

    1000 Cruiser PS

    CAUTION

    Always replace a blown fuse with a fuse of the same

    type and rating.

    CAUTION

    Always disconnect the battery when performing resis-

    tance tests to avoid damaging the multimeter.

    CAUTION

    Always disconnect the battery when performing resis-

    tance tests to avoid damaging the multimeter.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-7

    5

    AR603D

    2. The meter reading must be within specification.

    NOTE: If the meter does not read as specified,

    replace the spark plug cap.

    Primary Voltage — ECU (1000)

    NOTE: The ECU is located beneath the rear body

    panel near the taillight.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position; then

    disconnect the orange primary wire from the coil.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the orange primary

    wire; then connect the black tester lead to ground.

    3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

    4. The meter reading must show battery voltage.

    EFI Sensors/Components

    CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)

    SENSOR

    To test the CKP sensor, see Stator Coil/Crankshaft Posi-

    tion (CKP) Sensor in this section.

    MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE

    (MAP) SENSOR (1000 Models)

    1. Disconnect the MAP connector from the pressure

    sensor located on top of the throttle body.

    2. Select DC Voltage on the tester and turn the igni-

    tion switch to the ON position.

    3. Connect the black tester lead to the black/green

    wire and the red tester lead to the orange/blue

    wire. The meter should read 4.5-5.5 DC volts. If

    the meter does not read as specified, check the

    ECU connector or wiring.

    4. Connect the MAP to the harness; then using Maxi-

    Clips, connect the red tester lead to the brown/white

    wire and the black tester lead to the black/green

    wire. With the engine running at idle speed, the

    meter should read approximately 1.5 DC volts.

    NOTE: If the meter does not read as specified,

    replace the sensor.

    INLET AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT)

    SENSOR (1000 Models)

    1. Connect the meter leads (selector in OHMS posi-

    tion) to the sensor terminals.

    2. Suspend the sensor and a thermometer in a con-

    tainer of cooking oil; then heat the oil.

    NOTE: Neither the sensor nor the thermometer

    should be allowed to touch the bottom of the con-

    tainer or inaccurate readings will occur. Use wire

    holders to suspend the sensor and thermometer.

    3. On the sensor when the temperature reaches 20° C

    (68° F), the meter should read approximately

    2.45k ohms.

    4. On the sensor when the temperature reaches 50° C

    (122° F), the meter should read approximately 800

    ohms.

    5. On the sensor when the temperature reaches 80° C

    (176° F), the meter should read approximately 318

    ohms.

    6. On the sensor when the temperature reaches 11

    C (230° F), the meter should read approximately

    142 ohms.

    7. If the readings are not as indicated, the sensor

    must be replaced.

    MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/

    INLET AIR TEMPERATURE (MAP/IAT)

    SENSOR (450)

    1. Disconnect the MAP/IAT connector from the sen-

    sor located on top of the throttle body.

    2. Select DC Voltage on the tester and turn the igni-

    tion switch to the ON position.

    3. Connect the black tester lead to the black/pink

    wire and the red tester lead to the orange/blue

    wire. The meter should read 4.5-5.5 DC volts. If

    the meter does not read as specified, check the

    ECU connector or wiring.

    4. Connect the MAP/IAT to the harness; then using

    MaxiClips, connect the red tester lead to the

    brown/white wire and the black tester lead to the

    black/pink wire. With the engine running at idle

    speed, the meter should read approximately 2.5

    DC volts (MAP sensor signal).

    5. Connect the red tester lead to the green/red wire.

    With the engine at idle and at room temperature

    (approximately 60° F), the meter should read

    approximately 2.9 DC volts.

    ! WARNING

    Wear insulated gloves and safety glasses. Heated oil can

    cause severe burns.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-8

    NOTE: If the meter does not read as specified,

    replace the sensor.

    Speed Sensor

    NOTE: Prior to testing the speed sensor, inspect the

    three-wire connector on the speed sensor for con-

    tamination, broken pins, and/or corrosion.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. With appropriate needle adapters on the meter

    leads, connect the red tester lead to the voltage

    lead (V); then connect the black tester lead to the

    ground lead (G).

    CD885A

    3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

    4. The meter must show 6-12 DC volts.

    5. Leave the black tester lead connected; then con-

    nect the red tester lead to the signal lead (S) pin.

    6. Slowly move the ATV forward or backward; the

    meter must show 0 and 6-12 DC volts alternately.

    NOTE: If the sensor tests are within specifications,

    the gauge must be replaced (see Section 8).

    To replace a speed sensor, use the following procedure.

    1. Disconnect the three-wire connector from the

    speed sensor harness or from the speed sensor;

    then remove the Allen-head cap screw securing

    the sensor to the sensor housing.

    2. Remove the sensor from the sensor housing

    accounting for an O-ring.

    3. Install the new speed sensor into the housing with

    new O-ring lightly coated with multi-purpose

    grease; then secure the sensor with the Allen-head

    cap screw (threads coated with blue Loctite #242).

    Tighten securely.

    CD071

    Electronic Power

    Steering (EPS)

    NOTE: Certain models have been produced with

    electronic power steering. The following information

    is intended to be used when servicing these models.

    The electronic power steering (EPS) system is an elec-

    tro-mechanical device that utilizes 12 volt DC power to

    drive a motor linked to the steering shaft to assist the

    rider when rotating the handlebar. Rider steering inputs

    are detected by a torque-sensing transducer assembly

    within the EPS housing. These inputs are converted to

    electronic signals by the transducer and control circuitry

    to tell the motor which way to drive the steering shaft.

    When no steering input (pressure on the handlebar) is

    detected, no torque signal is generated, and no steering

    assist is provided by the motor.

    The EPS system is battery-system powered; therefore,

    the battery must be in good condition and fully charged.

    Power delivery and overload protection are provided by

    an EPS relay and 30-amp fuse, located under the seat in

    the Power Distribution Module (PDM).

    If a system malfunction occurs, a malfunction code

    “P0635” will be displayed on the LCD gauge. Initially,

    the gauge will go blank for 30 seconds and the code will

    flash: then the gauge will return to normal except the

    code will continue to be displayed.

    The following is a list of conditions that can generate a

    malfunction code. All conditions with the exception of

    item 5 are external to the EPS assembly and therefore can

    be cleared without replacement of the EPS assembly.

    Make sure to thoroughly troubleshoot the entire system

    before replacing the EPS assembly.

    NOTE: The EPS assembly is not serviceable and no

    service parts or parts lists are available. The EPS is

    only serviceable as an assembly and must not be dis-

    assembled or EPS warranty will be voided.

    CAUTION

    Do not attempt to check resistance of the EPS motor

    (2-pin input receptacle). There are internal capacitors

    holding a charge that can cause internal damage to an

    ohmmeter.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-9

    5

    Malfunction code P0635 will appear if one of the follow-

    ing six conditions occur:

    1. Battery system power failure:

    A. 30 amp EPS fuse blown

    B. EPS relay failure

    C. EPS voltage less than 8.5 DC volts for more than

    two seconds

    2. Ignition switch ON for more than five minutes with

    the engine not running.

    3. Vehicle Speed Signal Malfunction (engine speed

    must exceed 2700 RPM for more than 60 seconds to

    generate a malfunction code — timer resets if engine

    drops below 2700 RPM).

    A. Diode defective (open or shorted)

    B. Diode not installed

    C. Diode installed in reverse

    D. Speed sensor defective

    E. Speed sensor signal erratic

    F. Speed sensor signal present but without tachome-

    ter signal

    G. Speed sensor power from LCD gauge interrupted

    H. Incorrect LCD gauge installed

    4. Engine Speed Signal Malfunction (vehicle speed must

    exceed 5 MPH for more than two seconds — timer

    resets if speed drops below 5 MPH.

    A. No engine speed signal

    B. Erratic engine speed signal

    5. EPS Control Circuit Malfunction

    6. Engine Stop Switch in Stop position with Ignition

    Key switch ON.

    The following procedures may be helpful in determining

    the source of a malfunction code:

    Condition: Ignition Key Switch ON and NO EPS assist

    when moving the handlebar. Code “P0635” flashing.

    NOTE: Prior to troubleshooting below, make sure

    that Ignition Key Switch has not been left on with the

    engine not started. After five minutes, this will deacti-

    vate the EPS and display the malfunction code. Turn

    Ignition Key Switch OFF and back to ON to reset and

    reactivate the EPS. If code and symptom persists,

    continue as follows:

    1. Check 30 amp EPS fuse.

    2. Check EPS relay (may be switched with any other

    4-pin relay on PDM — replace relay if EPS normal

    after switching).

    3. Disconnect 2-pin connector on the EPS assembly

    and connect a volt meter set to DC voltage to the har

    ness (black meter lead to BLK and red meter lead to

    ORG/BRN) With the ignition switch to the ON posi-

    tion, the meter must read more than 8.5 DC volts (if

    correct voltage is not present, check connections and

    wiring harness — if correct voltage is present, replace

    EPS assembly — see Section 8 — Steering Post/Tie

    Rods sub-section).

    Condition: Ignition switch ON and EPS assist normal

    when moving handlebar. Code “P0635” flashing.

    NOTE: Prior to troubleshooting steps below, make

    sure that the Engine Stop Switch has not been used

    to stop the engine leaving the ignition switch in the

    ON position. If the engine stop switch is not in the

    RUN position, set to RUN position and cycle the igni-

    tion switch to OFF then ON. If malfunction code is

    still indicated, proceed as follows.

    1. Check for speed sensor signal by disconnecting the

    8-pin connector from the EPS assembly and using a

    multi-meter set to the DC volt position, connect the

    black lead to the PNK/YEL wire and the red lead to

    the ORG wire. With the ignition switch turned to the

    ON position, slowly move the vehicle forward or

    backward. The meter must alternate from 0 DC volts

    to approximately 12 DC volts. If meter readings are

    not as specified:

    A. Check EPS diode for correct installation or open

    diode (replace diode or install correctly).

    B. Check speed sensor using procedure found in this

    section (replace speed sensor/install proper

    gauge).

    2. Check for engine speed signal by disconnecting the

    8-pin connector from the EPS assembly and using a

    multi-meter set to the AC voltage position, connect

    one lead to any BLK wire and the other lead to

    YEL/VLT wire. Start the engine and with the engine

    idling the meter should read approximately 7.5 AC

    volts. If meter reading is not as specified:

    A. Check the wiring harness from EPS to gauge

    (YEL/VLT wire — repair wiring).

    B. Check the AC generator using the Stator

    Coil/Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor procedure

    found in this section. If not to specifications,

    replace the stator coil.

    If after completing the above checks with normal results

    and malfunction code “P0635” persists, the EPS assem-

    bly must be replaced. To replace the EPS assembly, see

    Section 8 — Steering Post/Tie Rods sub-section.

    CAUTION

    Do not attempt to disassemble the EPS assembly as

    there are no serviceable components within the assem-

    bly and damage will occur voiding the EPS warranty.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-10

    Ignition Switch

    The ignition switch harness connects to the switch with a

    four-pin connector. To access the connector, remove the

    ignition switch nut, remove the switch, and press the con-

    nector release tab. Pull the connector from the switch.

    CF272A

    CF273A

    VOLTAGE

    NOTE: Perform this test on the harness connector.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red meter lead to either red wire; then

    connect the black meter lead to ground.

    3. Meter must show battery voltage.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no battery voltage, trou-

    bleshoot the battery or the main wiring harness.

    RESISTANCE

    NOTE: Perform this test on the switch using the fol-

    lowing procedure.

    CF274A

    1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

    2. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    3. Connect either tester lead to pin C; then connect

    the other tester lead to pin D.

    4. The meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    5. Turn the ignition switch to the LIGHTS position.

    6. Connect either tester lead to pin A; then connect

    the other tester lead to pin B.

    7. The meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    8. Connect either tester lead to pin C; then connect

    the other tester lead to pin D.

    9. The meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    10. With the switch in the OFF position, connect the

    red tester lead and the black tester lead to each of

    the remaining pins. The meter must show an open

    circuit on all pins.

    NOTE: If the meter shows more than 1 ohm of resis-

    tance, replace the switch.

    Handlebar Control

    Switches

    The connector is the yellow one next to the steering

    post. To access the connector, the steering post cover

    and the right-side fender splash shield must be

    removed (see Section 8).

    NOTE: These tests should be made on the top side

    of the connector.

    RESISTANCE (HI Beam)

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the yellow wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the gray wire.

    3. With the dimmer switch in the HI position, the

    meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-11

    5

    NOTE: If the meter shows more than 1 ohm of resis-

    tance, replace the switch.

    RESISTANCE (LO Beam)

    1. Connect the red tester lead to the white wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the gray wire.

    2. With the dimmer switch in the LO position, the

    meter must show an open circuit.

    NOTE: If the meter reads resistance, replace the

    switch.

    DIODE (Starter Button)

    NOTE: If voltage is not as specified, check the con-

    dition of the battery in the meter prior to replacing the

    switch. A low battery will result in a low voltage read-

    ing during a diode test.

    1. Set the meter selector to the Diode position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the orange/white

    wire; then connect the black tester lead to the yel-

    low/green wire.

    3. With the starter button depressed, the meter must

    show 0.5-0.7 DC volt.

    4. With the starter button released, the meter must

    show 0 DC volts.

    5. Connect the red tester lead to the yellow/green

    wire; then connect the black tester lead to the

    orange/white wire.

    6. With the starter button depressed, the meter must

    show 0 DC volts.

    NOTE: If the meter does not show as specified,

    replace the switch.

    RESISTANCE (Engine Stop Switch)

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the orange wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the orange/white wire.

    3. With the switch in the OFF position, the meter

    must show an open circuit.

    4. With the switch in the RUN position, the meter

    must show less than 1 ohm.

    NOTE: If the meter shows more than 1 ohm of resis-

    tance, replace the switch.

    RESISTANCE (Reverse Override)

    The connector is the four-prong white one next to the

    steering post. To access the connector, the front rack and

    front fenders must be removed (see Section 8).

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to one red/yellow wire;

    then connect the black tester wire to the other red/yel-

    low wire. The meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    3. Depress and hold the reverse override button. The

    meter must show an open circuit.

    4. Connect the red tester lead to the blue wire; then

    connect the black meter lead to the black wire. The

    meter must show an open circuit.

    5. Depress and hold the reverse override button. The

    meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    NOTE: If the meter does not show as specified,

    replace the switch.

    Drive Select Switch

    The connector is the two-wire black snap-lock one in

    front of the steering post. To access the connector, the

    cover must be removed.

    NOTE: Resistance tests should be made with the

    connector disconnected and on the selector-side of

    the connector.

    RESISTANCE

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the red wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the white wire.

    3. With the selector switch in the 2WD position, the

    meter must show an open circuit.

    4. With the selector switch in the 4WD position, the

    meter must show less than 1 ohm.

    NOTE: If the meter does not show as specified,

    replace the drive select switch.

    VOLTAGE

    NOTE: The battery must be connected when per-

    forming voltage tests.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the black tester lead to the negative bat-

    tery terminal.

    3. Connect the red tester lead to the white wire on the

    harness side of the connector.

    4. Turn the ignition switch to the RUN position.

    5. The meter must show 12 DC volts.

    NOTE: If the meter shows other than specified,

    check the harness, connector, 30 amp fuse, and bat-

    tery connections.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-12

    Front Drive/Differential

    Lock Actuator

    NOTE: With the engine stopped and the ignition

    switch in the ON position, a momentary “whirring”

    sound must be noticeable each time the drive select

    switch is moved to 2WD and 4WD. Test the switch, 30

    amp fuse, and wiring connections prior to testing the

    actuator.

    NOTE: The differential must be in the unlocked

    position for this procedure.

    VOLTAGE

    1. Select the 2WD position on the drive select

    switch; then disconnect the connector on the actu-

    ator wiring harness.

    2. With the ignition switch in the OFF position, con-

    nect the black tester lead to the black wire in the

    supply harness; then connect the red tester lead to

    the orange wire in the supply harness.

    3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The

    meter must show 12 DC volts.

    4. Connect the red tester lead to the white/orange

    wire in the supply harness. The meter must show

    12 DC volts.

    5. Connect the red tester lead to the white/green wire

    in the supply harness. The meter must show 10.2

    DC volts.

    6. Select the 4WD position on the drive select

    switch; then connect the red tester lead to the

    white/orange wire in the supply harness. The

    meter must show 12 DC volts.

    NOTE: The 4WD icon on the LCD should illuminate.

    7. Connect the red tester lead to the white/green wire

    in the supply harness. The meter must show 0 DC

    volts.

    8. Select Differential Lock on the drive select switch;

    then connect the red tester lead to the white/orange

    wire in the supply harness. The meter must show 0

    DC volts.

    9. Connect the tester lead to the white/green wire in

    the supply harness. The meter must show 0 DC

    volts.

    NOTE: The 4WD and LOCK icons on the LCD

    should illuminate.

    NOTE: If the voltage readings are as specified and

    the actuator does not function correctly, replace the

    actuator (see Section 6).

    Stator Coil/Crankshaft

    Position (CKP) Sensor

    VOLTAGE

    (AC Generator — Regulated Output)

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the positive battery

    post; then connect the black tester lead to the nega-

    tive battery post.

    3. With the engine running at a constant 5000 RPM

    (with the headlights on), the meter must show

    14-15.5 DC volts.

    NOTE: If voltage is lower than specified, test AC

    Generator — No Load.

    VOLTAGE

    (AC Generator — No Load)

    The connector is a three-pin one in the harness coming

    from the generator.

    FI083B

    NOTE: Test the connector that comes from the

    engine.

    1. Set the meter selector to the AC Voltage position.

    2. Test between the three yellow wires (450) or black

    wires (1000) for a total of three tests.

    3. With the engine running at a constant 5000 RPM,

    all voltage tests must be within specifications.

    NOTE: If both stator coil tests failed, replace the

    stator assembly.

    CAUTION

    Do not run the engine at high RPM for more than 10 sec-

    onds.

    CAUTION

    Do not run the engine at high RPM for more than 10 sec-

    onds.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-13

    5

    RESISTANCE (AC Generator)

    1. Set the meter selector to OHMS position.

    2. Test between the three yellow wires (450) or gray

    wires (1000) for a total of three tests.

    3. The meter reading must be within specification.

    RESISTANCE

    (Crankshaft Position Sensor)

    1. Set the meter selector to the OHMS position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the blue wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the green wire. The

    meter reading must be within specification.

    AC VOLTAGE

    NOTE: The battery must be at full charge for these

    tests.

    Crankshaft Position Sensor

    1. Set the meter selector to the AC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the blue wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the green wire.

    3. Crank the engine over using the electric starter.

    4. The meter reading must be within specification.

    Starter Relay

    1. Remove the seat; then using the multimeter set to

    the DC Voltage position, check the relay as fol-

    lows.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the positive battery

    terminal; then connect the black tester lead to the

    starter cable connection on the starter relay. The

    meter must show battery voltage.

    FI496

    NOTE: Make sure that the ignition switch is in the ON

    position, transmission in neutral, brake lock released,

    and the engine stop switch in the RUN position.

    3. Depress the starter button while observing the

    multimeter. The multimeter should drop to 0 volts

    and a “click” should be heard from the relay.

    NOTE: If a “click” is heard and more than 1 volt is

    indicated by the multimeter, replace the starter relay.

    If no “click” is heard and the multimeter continues to

    indicate battery voltage, proceed to step 4.

    4. Disconnect the two-wire plug from the starter

    relay; then connect the red tester lead to the green

    wire and the black tester lead to the black wire.

    KX059A

    5. Depress the starter button and observe the multimeter.

    NOTE: If battery voltage is indicated, replace the

    starter relay. If no voltage is indicated, proceed to

    Power Distribution Module (PDM) check in this sec-

    tion.

    Starter Motor

    NOTE: The starter motor is a non-serviceable com-

    ponent. If the following test does not result as speci-

    fied, the starter motor must be replaced.

    TESTING VOLTAGE

    Perform this test on the starter motor positive terminal.

    To access the terminal, slide the boot away.

    NOTE: The ignition switch must be in the ON posi-

    tion, the engine stop switch in the RUN position, and

    the shift lever in the NEUTRAL position.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the starter motor ter

    minal; then connect the black tester lead to

    ground.

    3. With the starter button depressed, the meter must

    show approximately 10.0 DC volts and the starter

    motor should operate.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-14

    AR607D

    NOTE: If the meter showed correct voltage but the

    starter motor did not operate or operated slowly, the

    starter motor is defective.

    NOTE: If the meter showed no voltage, inspect the

    main fuse, ground connections, starter motor lead,

    battery voltage (at the battery), starter relay, or the

    neutral start relay.

    REMOVING

    1. Disconnect the battery.

    2. Remove the nut securing the positive cable to the

    starter motor; then remove the cable from the

    starter motor.

    3. Remove the two cap screws securing the starter

    motor to the crankcase; then remove the starter

    motor. Account for the wiring forms and an

    O-ring.

    INSTALLING

    1. Apply a small amount of grease to the O-ring seal on

    the starter motor; then install the starter motor into

    the crankcase. Secure with two machine screws and

    wiring forms.

    2. Secure the positive cable to the starter motor with

    the nut.

    3. Connect the battery (positive cable first).

    Electronic Control Unit

    (ECU)

    The electronic control unit (ECU) is located beneath the

    seat near the battery (450) or under the fender near the

    taillight (1000).

    NOTE: The ECU is not a serviceable component. If

    the unit is defective, it must be replaced.

    The ECU is rarely the cause for electrical problems; however,

    if the ECU is suspected, substitute another ECU of the same

    part number to verify the suspected one is defective.

    Codes can be cleared by following the procedures located

    in the appropriate Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)

    sub-section in this section.

    Regulator/Rectifier

    The regulator/rectifier is located under the rear rack and

    rear fenders.

    TESTING

    1. Start engine and warm up to normal operating

    temperature; then connect a multimeter to the bat-

    tery as follows.

    2. Select the DC Voltage position; then connect the

    red tester lead to the positive battery post and the

    black tester lead to the negative battery post.

    3. Start the engine and slowly increase RPM. The

    voltage should increase with the engine RPM to a

    maximum of 15.5 DC volts.

    NOTE: If voltage rises above 15.5 DC volts, the reg-

    ulator is faulty or a battery connection is loose or cor

    roded. Clean and tighten battery connections or

    replace the regulator/rectifier. If voltage does not rise,

    see Stator Coil/Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor —

    Voltage in this section. If charging coil voltage is nor-

    mal, replace the regulator/rectifier.

    Headlights

    The connectors are the four 2-prong ones plugged into

    the headlight bulbs (two on each side).

    VOLTAGE

    NOTE: Perform this test in turn on the main harness

    side of all four connectors. Also, the ignition switch

    must be in the LIGHTS position.

    NOTE: The LO beam is the outside bulb, and the HI

    beam is the inside bulb.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to one wire; then con-

    nect the black tester lead to the other wire.

    3. With the dimmer switch in the LO position, test

    the two outside connectors (LO beam). The meter

    must show battery voltage.

    4. With the dimmer switch in the HI position, test the

    two inside connectors (HI beam). The meter must

    show battery voltage.

    CAUTION

    Always disconnect the negative battery cable from the

    battery first; then disconnect the positive cable.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-15

    5

    NOTE: If battery voltage is not shown in any test,

    inspect the LIGHTS fuse, battery, main wiring har

    ness, connectors, or the left handlebar switch.

    Taillight — Brakelight

    The connector is the 3-prong one located under the rear

    fender assembly.

    VOLTAGE (Taillight)

    NOTE: Perform this test on the main harness side of

    the connector. Also, the ignition switch should be in

    the LIGHTS position.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the white wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the black wire.

    3. With the ignition key in the LIGHTS position, the

    meter must show battery voltage.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no voltage, inspect fuses,

    wiring harness, connectors, and switches.

    VOLTAGE (Brakelight)

    NOTE: Perform this test on the main harness side of

    the connector. Also, the ignition switch should be in

    the ON position and the brake (either foot pedal or

    hand lever) must be applied.

    1. Set the meter selector to the DC Voltage position.

    2. Connect the red tester lead to the red/blue wire; then

    connect the black tester lead to the black wire.

    3. With either brake applied, the meter must show

    battery voltage.

    NOTE: If the meter shows no voltage, inspect fuses,

    wiring harness, connectors, and switches.

    Ignition Timing

    The ignition timing cannot be adjusted; however, verifying

    ignition timing can aid in troubleshooting other components.

    To verify ignition timing, use the following procedure.

    1. Attach the Timing Light to the spark plug high ten-

    sion lead; then remove the timing inspection plug

    from the left-side crankcase cover.

    2. Using the Tachometer, start the engine and run at

    1500 RPM; ignition timing should be 10° BTDC.

    3. Install the timing inspection plug.

    If ignition timing cannot be verified, the rotor may be dam-

    aged, the key may be sheared, the trigger coil/CKP sensor

    bracket may be bent or damaged, or the ECU may be faulty.

    Tilt Sensor

    SUPPLY VOLTAGE

    1. Disconnect the three-wire connector from the sen-

    sor; then select DC Voltage on the multimeter and

    connect the red tester lead to the orange wire (C)

    and the black tester lead to the black wire (A).

    CD706A

    2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The

    multimeter should read battery voltage. If battery

    voltage is not indicated, check the 30-amp main

    and 10-amp ignition fuses, wiring harness, or the

    ignition switch.

    3. Remove the red tester lead and connect to the

    blue/brown wire (B). The multimeter should read

    approximately 2.5 DC volts. If the specified volt-

    age is not indicated, check wire connections at the

    ECU or substitute another ECU to verify the test.

    CD706B

    ! WARNING

    Incorrect installation of the tilt sensor could cause sud-

    den loss of engine power which could result in loss of

    vehicle control resulting in injury or death.

    CAUTION

    Do not drop the tilt sensor as shock can damage the

    internal mechanism.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-16

    OUTPUT VOLTAGE

    NOTE: Needle adapters or a “break-out” harness

    will be required on the multimeter leads as the follow-

    ing tests are made with the sensor connected.

    1. Connect the three-wire plug to the sensor; then

    remove the right-side mounting screw securing the

    sensor to the rear frame.

    CD707

    2. Install the needle adapters to the multimeter leads;

    then select DC Voltage on the multimeter.

    3. Connect the red tester lead to the blue/brown wire

    (B) and the black tester lead to the black/yellow wire

    (A); then turn the ignition switch ON and observe the

    meter. The meter should read 0.3-1.5 DC volt.

    CD705B

    4. Tilt the sensor 60° or more to the left and right

    observing the meter. The meter should read 3.0-7.0

    DC volts after approximately one second in the

    tilted position. If the meter readings are not as

    specified, the tilt sensor is defective.

    CD709

    NOTE: When replacing the sensor after testing,

    make sure the arrow marking is directed up.

    CD705A

    Throttle Position Sensor

    (TPS) (450)

    INSPECTING

    1. Remove the left-side engine cover; then discon-

    nect the three-wire TPS connector plug.

    PR544

    NOTE: Prior to testing the TPS, inspect the

    three-wire plug connector on the main harness and

    the three-pin plug on the TPS for contamination, bro

    ken pins, and/or corrosion.

    2. Make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion; then select the DC Voltage position on the

    meter.

    3. Connect the black tester lead to terminal B and the

    red tester lead to terminal A. Turn the ignition

    switch to the ON position. The meter should read

    approximately 5.0 DC volts.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-17

    5

    PR538A

    NOTE: If the meter does not read as specified,

    check for poor connections at the ECU or open/bro-

    ken wires in the wiring harness.

    4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.

    5. Select the OHMS position on the meter; then per-

    form the following resistance tests on the TPS.

    A. Pin (B) to ground — infinity (open circuit).

    B. Pin (A) to pin (B) — approximately 1.22k ohms

    (throttle closed).

    C. Pin (A) to pin (B) — approximately 4.5k ohms

    (throttle full-open).

    D. Pin (A) to pin (C) — approximately 5.5k ohms.

    PR535A

    NOTE: If any meter reading is not as specified,

    replace or adjust the TPS (see INSTALLING/ADJUST

    ING in this sub-section).

    6. Connect the positive lead to the battery; then con-

    nect the negative lead.

    7. Connect the main harness TPS connector to the

    TPS; then using MaxiClips, connect the black tes-

    ter lead to the black/green wire and the red tester

    lead to the green/black wire.

    PR546A

    8. Select the DC Voltage position on the meter and

    turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The

    meter should read approximately 4.5 DC volts

    with the throttle closed and approximately 1.5 DC

    volts with the throttle in the full-open position.

    NOTE: If the meter readings are as specified, check

    the main harness connector at the ECU main harness

    wiring. If the meter readings are not as specified,

    replace the TPS and adjust to specifications (see

    INSTALLING/ADJUSTING in this sub-section).

    9. Verify all malfunction codes are closed after ser-

    vicing is complete (see appropriate Diagnostic

    Trouble Codes (DTC) in this section).

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the left-side engine cover; then discon-

    nect the three-wire TPS connector plug.

    PR544

    2. Remove the screw securing the TPS to the throttle

    body and remove the TPS.

    INSTALLING/ADJUSTING

    1. Place the TPS into position on the throttle body and

    secure with the screw. Do not tighten at this time.

    2. Connect the TPS Multi-Analyzer Harness connec-

    tor #8 to the TPS; then connect the harness to the

    TPS Analyzer Tool.

    CAUTION

    Always make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion before disconnecting the ECU.

    CAUTION

    Always make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion before disconnecting the ECU.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-18

    FI672

    3. Using a multimeter, connect the black tester lead

    to the black socket (GND) on the analyzer and the

    red tester lead to the white socket (VAR); then

    select the Voltage position.

    FI673A

    4. Adjust the TPS until a reading of 0.68 DC volt is

    obtained; then tighten the screw securely. Open

    and close the throttle and determine the reading

    returns to 0.68 DC volt. Readjust as necessary.

    FI674

    5. Disconnect the harness from the analyzer; then

    disconnect the harness from the TPS and recon-

    nect the TPS main harness connector.

    6. Tighten the mounting screw securely.

    Throttle Position Sensor

    (TPS) (1000 FIS)

    INSPECTING

    1. Remove the left-side engine cover; then discon-

    nect the three-wire TPS connector plug.

    PR544

    NOTE: Prior to testing the TPS, inspect the

    three-wire plug connector on the main harness and

    the three-pin plug on the TPS for contamination, bro

    ken pins, and/or corrosion.

    2. Make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion; then select the DC Voltage position on the

    meter.

    3. Connect the black tester lead to terminal C and the

    red tester lead to terminal B. Turn the ignition

    switch to the ON position. The meter should read

    approximately 5.0 DC volts.

    PR538A

    4. Remove the red tester lead from terminal B and

    connect it to terminal A. The meter should read 0

    DC volts.

    NOTE: If the meter does not read as specified,

    check for poor connections at the ECU or open/bro-

    ken wires in the wiring harness.

    CAUTION

    Always make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion before disconnecting the ECU.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-19

    5

    5. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position; then

    disconnect the battery (negative cable first).

    6. Select the OHMS position on the meter; then per-

    form the following resistance tests on the TPS.

    A. Pin (B) to ground — infinity (open circuit).

    B. Pin (A) to pin (B) — approximately 1.22k ohms

    (throttle closed).

    C. Pin (A) to pin (B) — approximately 4.36k ohms

    (throttle full-open).

    D. Pin (A) to pin (C) — approximately 4.05k ohms.

    PR535A

    NOTE: If any meter reading is not as specified,

    replace or adjust the TPS (see INSTALLING/ADJUST

    ING in this sub-section).

    7. Connect the positive lead to the battery; then con-

    nect the negative lead.

    8. Connect the main harness TPS connector to the

    TPS; then using MaxiClips, connect the black tes-

    ter lead to the black/green wire and the red tester

    lead to the green/black wire.

    PR546A

    9. Select the DC Voltage position on the meter and

    turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The

    meter should read approximately 0.60 DC volt

    with the throttle closed and approximately 4.0 DC

    volts with the throttle in the full-open position.

    NOTE: If the meter readings are as specified, check

    the main harness connector at the ECU main harness

    wiring. If the meter readings are not as specified,

    replace the TPS and adjust to specifications (see

    INSTALLING/ADJUSTING in this sub-section).

    10. Clear all ECU error codes after servicing is com-

    plete (see appropriate Diagnostic Trouble Codes

    (DTC) in this section).

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the left-side engine cover; then discon-

    nect the three-wire TPS connector plug.

    PR544

    2. Remove the two screws securing the TPS to the

    throttle body and remove the TPS.

    INSTALLING/ADJUSTING

    1. Place the TPS into position on the throttle body and

    secure with the two screws. Do not tighten at this time.

    2. Connect the main harness to the TPS.

    3. Locate the diagnostic connector under the seat

    next to the PDM; then install the test plug from

    Test Plug/Code List kit onto the connector.

    4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and

    note the position of the TPS indicator icon (A, B,

    or C); then adjust the TPS until the TPS icon

    appears in the center position (B).

    PR542A

    CAUTION

    Always disconnect the battery when performing resis-

    tance tests to avoid damaging the multimeter. CAUTION

    Always make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion before disconnecting the ECU.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-20

    PR540A

    PR541A

    5. Tighten the mounting screws securely; then verify

    the TPS icon appears in the center position (throt-

    tle in idle position).

    6. Cycle the throttle lever from idle to approximately

    half throttle position several times; then return the

    throttle to idle. The display should return to (B)

    position.

    7. Remove the test plug; then install the left-side

    engine cover.

    Throttle Position Sensor

    (TPS) (1000 TRV/1000

    Cruiser/1000 Mud Pro)

    INSPECTING

    1. Remove the seat, side covers, front rack, and front

    body panel (see Section 8); then remove the air fil-

    ter assembly. Remove the TPS connector plug

    from the TPS.

    PR544

    NOTE: Prior to testing the TPS, inspect the

    three-wire plug connector on the main harness

    and the three-pin plug on the TPS for contamina-

    tion, broken pins, and/or corrosion.

    2. Make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion; then select the DC Voltage position on the

    meter.

    3. Connect the red tester lead to terminal B and the

    black tester lead to terminal A. Turn the ignition

    switch to the ON position. The meter should read

    approximately 5.0 DC volts.

    PR538A

    NOTE: If the meter does not read as specified,

    check for poor connections at the ECU or

    open/broken wires in the wiring harness.

    4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.

    5. Select the OHMS position on the meter; then per-

    form the following resistance tests on the TPS.

    A. Pin (B) to ground — infinity (open circuit).

    B. Pin (A) to pin (C) — approximately 1k ohms

    (throttle closed).

    C. Pin (A) to pin (C) — approximately 5k ohms

    (throttle full-open).

    D. Pin (A) to pin (B) — approximately 5k ohms.

    CAUTION

    Always make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF

    position before disconnecting the ECU.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-21

    5

    PR535A

    NOTE: If any meter reading is not as specified,

    replace or adjust the TPS (see INSTALL-

    ING/ADJUSTING in this sub-section).

    6. Connect the positive lead to the battery; then con-

    nect the negative lead.

    7. Connect the main harness TPS connector to the

    TPS; then using MaxiClips, connect the black tes-

    ter lead to the black/green wire and the red tester

    lead to the green/black wire.

    PR546A

    8. Select the DC Voltage position on the meter and

    turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The

    meter should read approximately 0.6 DC volt with

    the throttle closed and approximately 4.0 DC volts

    with the throttle in the full-open position.

    NOTE: If the meter readings are as specified,

    check the main harness connector at the ECU

    main harness wiring. If the meter readings are not

    as specified, replace the TPS and adjust to specifi

    cations (see INSTALLING/ADJUSTING in this

    sub-section).

    9. Verify all malfunction codes are cleared after ser

    vicing is complete (see appropriate Diagnostic

    Trouble Codes (DTC) in this section).

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the left-side engine cover; then discon-

    nect the three-wire TPS connector plug.

    PR544

    2. Remove the screw securing the TPS to the throttle

    body and remove the TPS.

    INSTALLING/ADJUSTING

    1. Place the TPS into position on the throttle body and

    secure with the screw. Do not tighten at this time.

    2. Connect the TPS Multi-Analyzer Harness connec-

    tor #8 to the TPS; then connect the harness to the

    TPS Analyzer Tool.

    FI672

    3. Using a multimeter, connect the black tester lead

    to the white socket (VAR) on the analyzer and the

    red tester lead to the red socket (+SV); then select

    the DC Voltage position.

    FI676A

    CAUTION

    Always make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF

    position before disconnecting the ECU.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-22

    4. Adjust the TPS until a reading of 0.6 DC volt is

    obtained; then tighten the screw securely. Open

    and close the throttle and determine the reading

    returns to 0.6 DC volt. Readjust as necessary.

    5. Disconnect the harness from the analyzer; then

    disconnect the harness from the TPS and recon-

    nect the TPS main harness connector.

    Diagnostic Trouble Codes

    (DTC) (1000 FIS)

    If a sensor fails or an out-of-tolerance signal is sensed by

    the ECU, a code will be generated by the ECU. This will

    result in the analog needle swinging full scale (if

    equipped) or the LCD gauge going blank (if equipped).

    The EFI icon will flash.

    To read the code(s), use the following procedure.

    1. Make sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-

    tion; then remove the seat.

    2. Locate the diagnostic plug next to the PDM; then

    remove the black rubber cap.

    3. Connect the Diagnostic Harness to the diagnostic

    plug.

    ATV- 112

    4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and

    read the code on the LCD. Refer to the following

    Code List to identify the specific problem area.

    Code List

    NOTE: Each of the following numerical codes will

    have a two-letter prefix. A prefix of AC (Active Code)

    or SC (Stored Code) will be displayed. Always correct

    and clear Active Codes before clearing Stored Codes.

    00 = No Fault Detected (active code only)

    12 = CKP (Crankshaft Position) Sensor*

    13 = APS (Air Pressure Sensor) — H1

    13 = MAP (Manifold Absolute Pressure) Sensor — H2

    14 = TPS (Throttle Position Sensor)

    15 = ECT (Engine Coolant Temperature) Sensor

    16 = Speed Sensor

    21 = IAT (Inlet Air Temperature) Sensor

    23 = Tilt Sensor*

    24 = Ignition Coil #1*

    26 = Ignition Coil #2* — H2

    32 = Fuel Injector #1*

    34 = Fuel Injector #2* — H2

    40 = ISC (Idle Speed Control) Valve

    41 = Fuel Pump Relay*

    60 = Cooling Fan Relay

    •95 =Sensor Power

    96 = Incorrect ECU*

    97 = ECU Memory Power (constant battery power)

    98 = ECU to Gauge Comm Link — H2

    99 = Start/Run Not Possible (active code only)

    *Will initiate code 99.

    After all active codes are cleared, clear stored code(s)

    using the following procedure.

    NOTE: The ignition switch should be in the OFF

    position.

    1. With the diagnostic harness connected to the diag-

    nostic plug and the drive select switch in the 4WD

    position, hold the reverse override switch down

    and turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

    2. After ten seconds, release the reverse override

    switch and turn the ignition switch to the OFF posi-

    tion; then turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

    The display should read AC00 (no fault detected).

    NOTE: If the LCD still displays a code, continue

    troubleshooting the appropriate component.

    3. Disconnect the diagnostic harness; then install the

    black rubber cap.

    4. Install the seat making sure it locks securely in place.

    Diagnostic Trouble Codes

    (DTC) (450/1000

    TRV/1000 Cruiser/1000

    Mud Pro)

    If an EFI or related chassis component fails or an out-of-toler-

    ance signal is detected by the ECU, a trouble code will be

    generated in the ECU and displayed on the LCD. For the first

    thirty seconds, the LCD will go blank and the code will be

    displayed alternately with a wrench icon or malfunction indi-

    cator light (MIL). After thirty seconds, the digital display will

    return to normal; however, the MIL and trouble code will con-

    tinue to flash. On models equipped with the analog gauge, the

    needle will swing full-scale for thirty seconds; then return to

    normal with the MIL and code continuing to flash.

    Code List

    NOTE: Each of the following numerical codes will have a

    one-letter prefix of C or P. A “C” prefix denotes a chassis

    malfunction and a “P” prefix denotes a power train mal-

    function.

    NOTE: Normal malfunction codes are cleared from

    the LCD when the component is replaced or the mal-

    function is corrected; however, intermittent codes

    must be cleared as noted in the code chart.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-23

    5

    Gauge DTC Wrench Icon Status ECU PIN Input/

    Output High/Low Variable Description

    C0063(1) D2 I V Tilt Sensor Circuit High

    C0064(1) ON D2 I V Tilt Sensor Circuit Low/SG/Open

    P0107 ON F2 I V MAP Sensor Circuit Low/SG/Open

    P0108 ON F2 I V MAP Sensor Circuit High/SP

    P0112 ON F3 I V Intake Air Temp Sensor Circuit Low/SG

    P0113 ON F3 I V Intake Air Temp Sensor Circuit High/Open

    P0114(1) OFF F3 I V Intake Air Temp Sensor Circuit Intermittent

    P0116 ON F4 I V Engine Coolant Temp Sensor Circuit Range/Performance

    P0117 ON F4 I V Engine Coolant Temp Sensor Circuit Low/SG

    P0118 ON F4 I V Engine Coolant Temp Sensor Circuit High/Open/SP

    P0119(1) OFF F4 I V Engine Coolant Temp Sensor Circuit Intermittent

    P0121 G3 I V Throttle Position Sensor Range/Performance

    P0122 ON G3 I V Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low/SG

    P0123 ON G3 I V Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High

    P0219 N/A N/A N/A Engine Over-Speed Condition

    P0231 ON J1 O L Fuel Pump Relay Circuit Low/SG/Open

    P0232 J1 O L Fuel Pump Relay Circuit High

    P0233(1) J1 O L Fuel Pump Relay Circuit

    P0261(2) ON L4 O L Rear Cylinder Injector Circuit Low/SG

    P0262(2) ON L4 O L Rear Cylinder Injector Circuit High

    P0263(2) ON L4 O L Rear Cylinder Injector Balance/Open

    P0264(2) ON K4 O L Front Cylinder Injector Circuit Low/SG — H2

    P0265(2) ON K4 O L Front Cylinder Injector Circuit High — H2

    P0266(2) ON K4 O L Front Cylinder Injector Balance/Open — H2

    P0336(1) ON D1/E1 I V Crankshaft Angle Sensor Synchronization

    P0337(1) ON D1/E1 I V Crankshaft Angle Sensor Circuit/SG

    P0339(1) ON D1/E1 I V Crankshaft Angle Sensor Intermittent/Erratic

    P0480 K2 O L Fan Relay Control Circuit

    P0484 K2 O L Fan Relay Control Circuit High

    P0485 ON K2 O L Fan Relay Control Circuit Low/SG/Open

    P0500 Gauge Direct Error-Code N/A N/A N/A Vehicle Speed-Sensor

    P0508 ON C4/D3/D4/E4 I/O V Idle Air Control System Circuit Low/SG

    P0509 ON C4/D4 I/O V Idle Air Control System Circuit High/Open

    P0562 L1 I H System Voltage Low

    P0563 L1 I H System Voltage High

    P0601 N/A N/A N/A ECU Memory Check-Sum Error

    P0615(1) L3 O L Starter Relay Circuit

    P0616 ON L3 O L Starter Relay Circuit Low

    P0617 L3 O L Starter Relay Circuit High

    P0630 ON N/A N/A N/A VIN Not Programmed or Incompatible

    P0635 Gauge Direct Error-Code N/A N/A N/A Power-Steering Controller Circuit

    P0642 A1 O H Sensor Power Circuit Low

    P0643 ON A1 O H Sensor Power Circuit High

    P0856 Gauge Direct Error-Code N/A N/A N/A Traction Controller Circuit

    P2300(2) ON M1 O L Rear Ignition Coil Primary Circuit Low/SG/Open

    P2301(2) ON M1 O L Rear Ignition Coil Primary Circuit High

    P2303(2) ON M2 O L Front Ignition Coil Primary Circuit Low/Open — H2

    P2304(2) ON M2 O L Front Ignition Coil Primary Circuit High — H2

    P2531 A4 I H Ignition Switch Circuit Low

    P2532 A4 I H Ignition Switch Circuit High

    U0155 B1/C1 I/O H/L LCD Gauge Communication Lost

    “FUEL OFF” Gauge Direct Error-Code N/A N/A Tilt Sensor Activation Operator-Code

    High = Signal Level is too High (Possible Short-to-Battery (+)) Low = Signal Level is too Low (Possible Short-to-Ground or Short-to-Chassis)

    SG = Possible Short-to-Ground or Short-to-Chassis SP = Possible Short-to-Power or Short-to-Battery

    Open = Open-Circuit (Possible Broken-Wire or No-Connection)

    (1): These codes cleared by one complete power-cycle only (key-off, power-latch, key-on):

    C0063, C0064, P0114, P0119, P0233, P0336, P0337, P0339, P0615

    (2): These codes cleared by one complete starting-cycle only (key-off, power-latch, key-on, start, key-off, power-latch, key-on):

    C0261, P0262, P0263, P0264, P0265, P0266, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-24

    Troubleshooting

    Problem: Spark absent or weak

    Condition Remedy

    1. Ignition coil defective

    2. Spark plug defective

    3. Magneto defective

    4. ECU defective

    5. Pick-up coil defective

    1. Replace ignition coil

    2. Replace plug

    3. Replace stator coil

    4. Replace ECU

    5. Replace stator coil

    Problem: Spark plug fouled with carbon

    Condition Remedy

    1. Gasoline incorrect

    2. Air cleaner element dirty

    3. Spark plug incorrect (too cold)

    4. Valve seals cracked — missing

    5. Oil rings worn — broken

    1. Change to correct gasoline

    2. Clean element

    3. Replace plug

    4. Replace seals

    5. Replace rings

    Problem: Spark plug electrodes overheat or burn

    Condition Remedy

    1. Spark plug incorrect (too hot)

    2. Engine overheats

    3. Spark plug loose

    1. Replace plug

    2. Service cooling system

    3. Tighten plug

    Problem: Magneto does not charge

    Condition Remedy

    1. Lead wires/connections shorted — loose — open

    2. Magneto coils shorted — grounded — open

    3. Regulator/rectifier defective

    1. Repair — replace — tighten lead wires

    2. Replace magneto coils

    3. Replace regulator/rectifier

    Problem: Magneto charges, but charging rate is below the specification

    Condition Remedy

    1. Lead wires shorted — open — loose (at terminals)

    2. Stator coil (magneto) grounded — open

    3. Regulator/rectifier defective

    4. Cell plates (battery) defective

    1. Repair — tighten lead wires

    2. Replace stator coil

    3. Replace regulator/rectifier

    4. Replace battery

    Problem: Magneto overcharges

    Condition Remedy

    1. Internal battery short circuited

    2. Regulator/rectifier resistor damaged — defective

    3. Regulator/rectifier poorly grounded

    1. Replace battery

    2. Replace resistor

    3. Clean — tighten ground connection

    Problem: Charging unstable

    Condition Remedy

    1. Lead wire intermittently shorting

    2. Magneto internally shorted

    3. Regulator/rectifier defective

    1. Replace lead wire

    2. Replace stator coil

    3. Replace regulator/rectifier

    Problem: Starter button not effective

    Condition Remedy

    1. Battery charge low

    2. Switch contacts defective

    3. Starter relay defective

    4. Emergency stop — ignition switch off

    5. Wiring connections loose — disconnected

    1. Charge — replace battery

    2. Replace switch

    3. Replace relay

    4. Turn on switches

    5. Connect — tighten — repair connections

    Problem: Battery “sulfation” (Acidic white powdery substance or spots on surfaces of cell plates)

    Condition Remedy

    1. Charging rate too low — too high

    2. Battery run-down — damaged

    3. Electrolyte contaminated

    1. Replace battery

    2. Replace battery

    3. Replace battery

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    5-25

    5

    Problem: Battery discharges too rapidly

    Condition Remedy

    1. Charging system not charging

    2. Cell plates overcharged — damaged

    3. Battery short-circuited

    4. Electrolyte contaminated

    1. Check magneto — regulator/rectifier — circuit connections

    2. Replace battery — correct charging system

    3. Replace battery

    4. Replace battery

    Problem: Battery polarity reversed

    Condition Remedy

    1. Battery incorrectly connected 1. Reverse connections — replace battery — repair damage

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-1

    6

    SECTION 6 — DRIVE SYSTEM/

    BRAKE SYSTEM

    TABLE OF

    CONTENTS

    Drive System/Brake System……………………….…….. 6-2

    Front Drive Actuator/Differential Lock…….…………… 6-2

    Front Differential.…………….…………….…………….….. 6-3

    Drive Axles ……………………….…………….……………. 6-16

    Rear Gear Case …….…………….…………….…………. 6-19

    Hub…..………….…………….…………….…………….…… 6-22

    Hand Brake Lever/Master Cylinder Assembly……. 6-23

    Hydraulic Brake Caliper…………………….……………. 6-24

    Troubleshooting Drive System..…………….…………. 6-28

    Troubleshooting Brake System.…………….…………. 6-28

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-2

    Drive System/Brake

    System

    NOTE: Some photographs and illustrations used in

    this section are used for clarity purposes only and

    are not designed to depict actual conditions.

    NOTE: Critical torque specifications are located in

    Section 1.

    NOTE: Specifications regarding the gear cases

    (capacities, lubricant type, etc.) can be found in Sec-

    tion 1 of this manual.

    GENERAL INFORMATION

    All gear cases are tagged beneath a cover bolt. This tag is

    marked with a production date code, sequence code, and

    a ratio code.

    A. A “6” or “3.6” on the lower-right corner indicates

    a 3.6:1 gear set ratio (10:36 teeth).

    B. A “1” or “3.1” on the lower-right corner indicates

    a 3.1:1 gear set ratio (11:34 teeth).

    The die-cast aluminum housings have been assembled

    with thread-rolling screws (trilobular). When assembling

    with these screws, start the screws carefully into the

    housing; then use the following torque values.

    SPECIAL TOOLS

    A number of special tools must be available to the techni

    cian when performing service procedures in this section.

    NOTE: Special tools are available from the Arctic

    Cat Service Department.

    Front Drive

    Actuator/Differential

    Lock

    NOTE: The actuator is not a serviceable compo-

    nent. If it is defective, it must be replaced.

    NOTE: The actuator will operate only when the igni-

    tion switch is in the ON position.

    The front drive actuator is located on the side of the front

    drive input housing. With the engine stopped and the

    ignition switch in the ON position, a momentary “whir-

    ring” sound can be heard each time the drive select

    switch is shifted or the differential lock is activated. If no

    sound is heard, see Section 5. If the actuator runs con-

    stantly or makes squealing or grinding sounds, the actua-

    tor must be replaced.

    REMOVING

    1. Disconnect the connector on the actuator harness.

    2. Using a T-30 torx wrench, remove the mounting cap

    screw from the driveshaft side of the actuator.

    AG926

    3. Remove the mounting cap screw from below the

    actuator on the suspension side.

    AG927

    4. Loosen but do not remove the mounting cap screw at

    the front of the actuator; then slide the actuator to the

    rear enough to clear the slotted mounting tab and the

    selector shaft.

    Ring Gear Backlash 0.28-0.38 mm (0.011-0.015 in.)

    Ring Gear End Play 0.1-0.2 mm (0.004-0.008 in.)

    Size New Housing Reassembled

    Housing

    M6 (Torx T-30 Recess) 8-9.5 ft-lb 6.5-9 ft-lb

    M8 (Torx T-40 Recess) 25-31 ft-lb 21-25 ft-lb

    M10 (Torx T-50 Recess) 37-45.5 ft-lb 31-38 ft-lb

    Description p/n

    Backlash Measuring Tool (24-Spline Axle) 0544-010

    Backlash Measuring Tool (27-Spline Axle) 0544-011

    CV Boot Clamp Tool 0444-120

    Internal Hex Socket 0444-104

    Pinion Gear/Shaft Removal Tool 0444-127

    Gear Case Seal Installer Tool 0444-224

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-3

    6

    AG928

    INSTALLING

    NOTE: Make sure to properly align the differential

    lock actuator lever with the hole in the differential

    lock plunger.

    1. Lubricate the O-rings on the actuator; then ensure

    that all mounting surfaces are clean and free of

    debris.

    2. Align the actuator with the selector shaft and slide it

    forward onto the shaft taking care to engage the cap

    screw in the slot of the front mounting tab.

    AG925

    3. While holding the actuator firmly forward, tighten

    the front cap screw to hold the actuator in place; then

    install but do not tighten the two remaining cap

    screws.

    AG928

    4. Loosen the front cap screw; then tighten the cap

    screw on the driveshaft side.

    AG926

    NOTE: It is important to tighten this cap screw while

    the others are loose to ensure proper seating of the

    actuator.

    5. Tighten the remaining cap screws; then connect the

    electrical plug to the main harness.

    6. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and

    check the operation by shifting the drive select

    switch several times.

    7. Secure the wiring harness to the frame with a nylon

    cable tie.

    Front Differential

    NOTE: To remove the rear gear case, see Rear Gear

    Case in this section.

    REMOVING DIFFERENTIAL

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheels.

    2. Remove the drain plug and drain the gear lubricant

    into a drain pan; then reinstall the plug and tighten to

    45 in.-lb.

    ATV0082A

    3. Remove the front wheels.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-4

    4. Pump up the hand brake; then engage the brake lever

    lock.

    5. Remove the cotter pin securing the hex nut; then

    remove the hex nut and washer.

    KX041

    6. Release the brake lever lock.

    NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the brake

    hoses from the calipers for this procedure.

    7. Remove the two brake calipers. Account for the four

    cap screws.

    AF894D

    8. Remove the tie rod cotter pins and discard the pins.

    AF895D

    9. Remove the tie rod lock nuts.

    AF896D

    10. Remove the upper ball joint cap screws taking care

    not to strip the threads on the ball joint shaft; then

    using a rubber mallet, tap the end of the axle and free

    it from the knuckle assembly.

    AF628D

    11. Pull the steering knuckle away from the axle.

    KX151

    12. Support the axle to not allow it to drop or hang.

    13. Remove the lower shock bolts. Account for the lock

    nuts; then move the shocks aside and secure them

    with a strap.

    CAUTION

    The axle must be supported. If the axle is allowed to

    drop or hang, damage to the inner CV joint may occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-5

    6

    AF897D

    14. Remove the upper A-arm lock nuts and cap screws;

    then remove the A-arms.

    AF610D

    15. Push the axle shaft firmly toward the differential to

    release the internal lock; then while holding the axle

    in, pull the CV cup from the differential.

    PR729B

    PR725A

    16. Remove the inner fender panels.

    17. Using a T-30 torx wrench, remove the three screws

    securing the front drive actuator to the gear case;

    then remove the actuator.

    AG925

    18. Remove the lower differential mounting cap screw.

    Account for a lock nut and washers.

    CD026

    19. Remove the upper differential mounting cap screws.

    CAUTION

    Do not attempt to use a slide hammer or differential/axle

    damage will occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-6

    CD016

    20. Free the differential assembly from the frame mount-

    ings; then shift the differential assembly forward

    enough to disengage the front driveshaft from the

    output yoke.

    KX161

    21. Place the differential on its right side; then remove it

    from the frame.

    KX159

    Disassembling Input Shaft

    NOTE: This procedure can be performed on a rear

    gear case; however, some components may vary

    from model to model. The technician should use dis-

    cretion and sound judgment.

    1. Using a T-40 torx wrench, remove the cap screws

    securing the pinion housing.

    GC004A

    2. Using a rubber mallet, remove the housing. Account

    for a gasket. Remove the fork, collar, and spring.

    Note the location of all the components for assem-

    bling purposes.

    GC015

    CD106

    3. Using a boot-clamp pliers (or suitable substitute),

    remove the boot clamps; then remove the boots and

    splined drive from the input shaft.

    4. Remove the snap ring; then remove the input shaft

    from the pinion housing.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-7

    6

    CD107

    5. Using a seal removal tool, remove the input shaft

    seal. Account for a spacer.

    GC010

    6. Remove the snap ring securing the input shaft bear-

    ing; then place the pinion housing in a press and

    remove the bearing.

    GC011

    AF984

    KX219

    Assembling Input Shaft

    1. Place the pinion housing in a press and install the

    input shaft bearing. Secure the bearing with the

    existing snap ring making sure the sharp edge of the

    snap ring faces to the outside.

    GC012

    GC011

    2. Install the input shaft seal making sure it is fully

    seated in the housing.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-8

    GC014

    3. Lubricate the input shaft with High-Performance #2

    Molybdenum Disulphide Grease packing the boot

    ribs and splines; then assemble allowing excess

    grease to freely escape. Slight pressure on the boot

    will be present during assembly. Secure with new

    clamps.

    NOTE: Any time drive splines are separated, clean

    all splines with parts-cleaning solvent and dry with

    compressed air; then lubricate with recommended

    grease.

    GC009A

    4. Install the input shaft into the pinion housing and

    secure with the snap ring; then install the front boot

    and secure with an appropriate boot clamp and the

    rear boot with an appropriate boot clamp.

    CD112

    CD099

    5. Place the pinion housing with new gasket onto the

    gear case housing; then secure with the existing cap

    screws. Tighten to 23 ft-lb.

    NOTE: If a new gear case housing is being installed,

    tighten the cap screws to 25-31 ft-lb.

    CD103

    Disassembling Differential Assembly

    NOTE: This procedure can be performed on a rear

    gear case.

    1. Using a T-40 torx wrench, remove the cap screws

    securing the pinion housing. Account for the coupler,

    fork, and spring (differential only).

    GC015

    2. Using a T-40 torx wrench, remove the cap screws

    securing the differential cover. Account for and make

    note of the ID tag location for assembling purposes.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-9

    6

    GC003

    3. Using a plastic mallet, tap lightly to remove the dif-

    ferential cover. Account for an O-ring.

    KX174

    NOTE: If the cover is difficult to remove, pry on

    the cover in more than one recessed location.

    4. Remove the splined coupler, shifter fork, pin, and

    spring of the differential lock assembly and set aside.

    Note position of parts for assembling purposes.

    KX175

    5. Remove the left differential bearing flange assembly

    and account for a shim. Mark the shim as left-side.

    KX177

    KX178

    6. Place the differential with the open side down; then

    lift the housing off the spider assembly. Account for

    shim(s) and mark as right-side.

    KX179

    KX181

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-10

    Disassembling Pinion Gear

    NOTE: Any service of the pinion gear or related

    bearings will require a new gear case/differential

    housing. The removal of the lock collar severely dam-

    ages the threads in the housing.

    1. Using the 48 mm Internal Hex Socket, remove the

    lock collar securing the pinion gear assembly.

    CC875

    CC876

    2. Using the Pinion Gear/Shaft Removal Tool and a

    hammer, remove the pinion gear from the gear case

    housing.

    CC878

    3. Secure the pinion gear in a bearing puller; then

    remove the pinion bearing using a press. Account for

    a collar and a bearing.

    CC879

    4. Remove any reusable parts from the gear case hous-

    ing; then discard the housing and lock collar.

    Assembling Pinion Gear

    1. Install the bearing onto the pinion shaft. Install the

    pinion shaft collar.

    CC882

    CC883

    2. Place the pinion assembly in a bearing puller; then

    install the bearing using a press.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-11

    6

    CC884

    3. Coat a new needle bearing and the bearing pocket of

    a new gear case/differential housing with red Loctite

    #271; then using a suitable driver, install the bearing

    lightly seated against the bearing seats. Do not push

    the bearing too far into the pocket.

    GC044

    4. Install the pinion gear assembly into the housing.

    Using the 48 mm Internal Hex Socket, secure the

    pinion gear assembly with the existing lock collar.

    Tighten to 125 ft-lb.

    NOTE: On a front differential, the lock collar has

    right-hand threads. On a rear drive gear case, the

    lock collar has left-hand threads or a snap-ring.

    CC890

    5. Place a punch on the edge of the lock collar in the oil

    gallery area; then using a hammer, stake the lock col-

    lar to ensure that the collar will remain securely

    tightened.

    CC891

    Shimming Procedure/Shim Selection

    It is very important to adjust bevel gears for the proper

    running tolerances. Gear life and gear noise are greatly

    affected by these tolerances; therefore, it is very impor

    tant to properly adjust any gear set prior to final assem-

    bly.

    The following procedure can be used on both front differ-

    ential or rear drive gear case.

    NOTE: All bearings must be installed in the gear

    case and the pinion properly installed before pro-

    ceeding.

    Backlash

    NOTE: Always set backlash prior to any other shim-

    ming.

    1. Install the existing shim or a 0.051-0.055-in. shim on

    the gear case side of the ring gear assembly.

    Case-side Shims (Backlash)

    p/n mm in.

    0402-405 1.3 0.051

    0402-406 1.4 0.055

    0402-407 1.5 0.059

    0402-408 1.6 0.063

    0402-409 1.7 0.067

    Cover-side Shims (Ring Gear End-Play)

    p/n mm in.

    1402-074 1.3 0.051

    1402-075 1.4 0.055

    1402-076 1.5 0.059

    1402-077 1.6 0.063

    1402-078 1.7 0.067

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-12

    GC031A

    2. Install the ring gear with shim in the gear case; then

    while holding the pinion stationary, rock the ring

    gear forward and back to determine if any backlash

    exists. If no backlash exists, install a thicker shim

    and recheck.

    GC036A

    3. Install the bearing flange onto the gear case cover

    making sure the alignment/locating pin engages the

    locating hole in the cover; then make sure the bear-

    ing flange is completely seated in the cover.

    GC032A

    GC033A

    4. Install the existing shim or a 0.063 in. shim on the

    cover side of the ring gear; then place the assembled

    gear case cover onto the gear case and secure with

    three cap screws. Tighten evenly using a crisscross

    pattern.

    GC036B

    5. Place the appropriate Backlash Measuring Tool into

    the splines of the ring gear and install a dial indicator

    making sure it contacts the gauge at a 90° angle and

    on the index mark.

    GC040

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-13

    6

    GC039A

    6. Zero the dial indicator; then while holding the pinion

    stationary, rock the ring gear assembly forward and

    back and record the backlash. Backlash must be

    0.011-0.015 in. If backlash is within specifications,

    proceed to Ring Gear End-Play. If backlash is not

    within specifications, increase shim thickness to

    increase backlash or decrease shim thickness to

    decrease backlash.

    NOTE: Higher backlash settings usually result in

    quieter gear operation.

    GC037A

    Ring Gear End-Play

    After correcting backlash, ring gear end-play can be

    adjusted. To adjust end-play, use the following proce-

    dure.

    1. Secure the gear case in a holding fixture with the

    cover side up; then install a dial indicator contacting

    the ring gear axle flange.

    GC035

    2. Zero the dial indicator; then push the ring gear

    toward the dial indicator and release. End-play

    should be 0.004-0.008 in.

    3. To increase end-play, decrease the shim thickness.

    To decrease end-play, increase the shim thickness.

    NOTE: Once proper backlash and end play are

    established, the gear case can be assembled (see

    Assembling Differential Assembly in this sub-sec-

    tion).

    CC888

    Assembling Differential Assembly

    1. With the pinion gear and new bearings installed,

    place the selected (backlash) shim on the gear case

    side of the ring gear with the chamfered side toward

    the ring gear; then install into gear case/differential

    housing.

    GC031A

    GC020

    2. Place the selected (end-play) shim, chamfered side

    toward the gear, onto the cover side of the ring gear.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-14

    GC036B

    NOTE: The spider and ring gear assembly must be

    replaced as a complete unit.

    3. Assemble the fork and sliding collar into the cover

    assembly; then install the left bearing flange/bearing

    assembly and seat firmly into the cover.

    CF266A

    CF267A

    4. Apply a liberal coat of grease to the O-ring; then

    install it on the assembled cover assembly making

    sure to seat the O-ring completely down around the

    circumference of the bearing flange.

    CF275A

    5. Making sure the O-ring is properly positioned on the

    differential housing cover assembly, install the cover

    with existing cap screws (coated with green Loctite

    #609). Account for the ID tag. Tighten the cap

    screws evenly to 23 ft-lb.

    NOTE: Grease can be applied to the O-ring for ease

    of assembling.

    NOTE: If a new housing is being installed, tighten

    the cap screws to 28 ft-lb.

    6. Install the shift fork shaft w/spring into the housing

    making sure the shaft O-ring is positioned to the

    inside.

    CC892

    7. Install the shift fork assembly making sure the fork

    leg is facing upward. Apply a small amount of oil to

    the gasket; then install the gasket.

    CC893

    8. Place the input shaft assembly onto the gear case

    housing; then secure with the existing cap screws.

    Tighten to 23 ft-lb.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-15

    6

    NOTE: If a new housing is being installed, tighten

    the cap screws to 28 ft-lb.

    CD103

    CD110

    Removing/Installing Axle Seal

    NOTE: This procedure can be performed on a rear

    gear case.

    1. Remove the seal using a seal removal tool.

    CC899

    NOTE: Prior to installing the seal, apply High-Per

    formance #2 Molybdenum Disulphide grease to the

    seal outside diameter.

    2. Using Gear Case Seal Installer Tool, evenly press the

    seal into the cover bore until properly seated.

    CF278

    3. Repeat steps 1-2 for the opposite side.

    INSTALLING DIFFERENTIAL

    1. Align the splined input yoke with the front output

    splines; then place the differential into position on

    the frame and install the cap screws (coated with

    blue Loctite #243), washers, and flex-lock nuts.

    Tighten to 38 ft-lb. Make sure the rubber boot is

    properly seated on the input yoke.

    CD857

    CD859

    2. Pour 275 ml (9.3 fl oz) of SAE 80W-90 hypoid gear

    lubricant into the differential and install the fill plug.

    Tighten to 16 ft-lb.

    3. Install the front drive actuator with the three

    torx-head cap screws; then connect the wire connec-

    tor to the main wiring harness.

    CAUTION

    Make sure the tool is free of nicks or sharp edges or

    damage to the seal may occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-16

    AG925

    4. Install the inner fender panels.

    5. Install the front axles (see Drive Axles in this sec-

    tion).

    6. Secure the upper A-arms with cap screws and lock

    nuts. Tighten to 50 ft-lb.

    AF610D

    7. Secure the lower shock eyelets with cap screws and

    lock nuts. Tighten to 50 ft-lb.

    AF897D

    8. Secure the tie rods with the lock nuts. Tighten to 30

    ft-lb; then install and spread the cotter pins.

    AF896D

    AF895D

    9. Install the brake calipers and secure with new

    “patch-lock” cap screws tightened to 20 ft-lb.

    AF894D

    10. Install the wheels and tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel

    wheels) or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    11. Remove the ATV from the support stand.

    Drive Axles

    REMOVING REAR DRIVE AXLE

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheels.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-17

    6

    2. Pump up the hand brake; then engage the brake lever

    lock.

    3. Remove the wheel.

    4. Remove the cotter pin securing the hex nut; then

    remove the hex nut. Release the brake lever lock.

    KX041

    5. Remove the two brake calipers (right side only).

    NOTE: Do not allow the brake calipers to hang from

    their cable/hose.

    6. Slide the hub out of the knuckle and set aside.

    7. Remove the cap screw and lock nut securing the

    knuckle to the upper A-arm. Discard the lock nut.

    NOTE: Never reuse a lock nut. Once a lock nut has

    been removed, it must be replaced with a new lock

    nut.

    8. While holding the drive axle stationary, pull the top

    of the knuckle out and down until it is free of the

    drive axle.

    9. Place a drain pan under the ATV to contain any oil

    leakage.

    10. Push the axle shaft firmly toward the gear case to

    release the internal lock; then while holding the axle

    in, pull the CV cup from the gear case.

    PR729B

    PR725A

    REMOVING FRONT DRIVE AXLE

    NOTE: For removing a front drive axle, see Front

    Differential in this section.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Always clean and inspect the drive axle com-

    ponents to determine if any service or replacement is

    necessary.

    1. Using a clean towel, wipe away any oil or grease

    from the axle components.

    CD019

    2. Inspect boots for any tears, cracks, or deterioration.

    NOTE: If a boot is damaged in any way, it must be

    replaced with a boot kit.

    3. Inspect the gear case seals for nicks or damage.

    CAUTION

    The calipers should be supported. If the calipers are

    allowed to hang from the cable/hose, damage may

    occur.

    CAUTION

    Do not attempt to use a slide hammer or gear case/axle

    damage will occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-18

    DISASSEMBLING/INSPECTING/ASSE-

    MBLING AXLES

    To disassemble/inspect/assemble the axles, follow the

    instruction contained in the appropriate boot repair kit.

    INSTALLING REAR DRIVE AXLE

    1. Push the axle shaft into the CV cup to release the

    detent balls; then while holding the axle firmly in,

    push the CV splined end into the gear case.

    PR725A

    PR729B

    NOTE: To assure proper seating of the axle, give it a

    light pull; the axle should remain “clipped” in place.

    2. Swing the knuckle up and onto the drive axle; then

    place the knuckle into place in the upper A-arm.

    Secure the knuckle to the A-arm with a cap screw

    and a new lock nut. Tighten to 35 ft-lb (450) or to 50

    ft-lb (1000).

    3. Place the hub into position on the axle followed by a

    hex nut. Tighten the hex nut finger-tight at this time.

    4. If the brake calipers were removed, position them on

    the knuckle and secure with new “patch-lock” cap

    screws. Tighten the auxiliary brake caliper cap

    screws to 20 ft-lb. Tighten the hydraulic brake cali-

    per cap screws to 20 ft-lb.

    5. Pump up the hand brake lever; then engage the brake

    lever lock.

    6. Tighten the hub hex nut (from step 3) to 200 ft-lb;

    then install and spread a new cotter pin making sure

    each side of the pin is flush to the hex nut.

    CD027

    7. Install the wheel. Tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels) or

    80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    8. Remove the ATV from the support stand and release

    the brake lever lock.

    INSTALLING FRONT DRIVE AXLE

    1. Position the drive axle in the gear case and steering

    knuckle; then insert the upper A-arm ball joint into

    the steering knuckle. Secure with a cap screw tight-

    ened to 50 ft-lb.

    2. Place the brake hose into position on the upper

    A-arm; then secure the lower shock eyelet to the

    A-arm with a cap screw and a new lock nut. Tighten

    to 50 ft-lb.

    3. Secure the tie rod to the steering knuckle with a new

    lock nut. Tighten securely; then install and spread a

    new cotter pin.

    4. Slide the hub w/brake disc into position in the steer

    ing knuckle followed by a washer and hex nut.

    Tighten finger-tight at this time.

    5. Install the brake caliper on the steering knuckle using

    new “patch-lock” cap screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb;

    then pump up the hand brake lever and engage the

    brake lever lock.

    6. Tighten the hub hex nut (from step 4) to 200 ft-lb;

    then install and spread a new cotter pin making sure

    each side of the pin is flush to the hex nut.

    CD027

    7. Install the wheel and tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels)

    or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    8. Remove the ATV from the support stand and release

    the brake lever lock.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-19

    6

    9. Check the front differential oil level and add oil as

    necessary.

    CF113A

    Rear Gear Case

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the left-side rear A-arms (see Rear A-Arms

    in Section 7).

    2. Remove both of the rear drive axles (see Drive Axles

    in this section).

    3. Remove the four cap screws securing the engine out-

    put shaft to the rear gear case input flange.

    CD028

    4. Remove the two cap screws and lock nuts securing

    the rear gear case to the frame; then remove the gear

    case through the left side.

    AF960A

    RING GEAR/THRUST BUTTON

    Removing

    1. Remove the cap screws securing the gear case cover

    to the gear case; then remove the ring gear.

    2. Remove the thrust button from the gear case cover

    (left-hand threads). Account for a shim.

    Inspecting

    1. Inspect the ring gear for excessive wear, missing or

    chipped teeth, or discoloration.

    2. Inspect the thrust button for excessive wear or dis-

    coloration.

    3. Inspect the bearings for discoloration, roughness, or

    excessive wear.

    NOTE: For servicing bearings or seals, see Front

    Differential in this section.

    Installing/Shimming

    NOTE: Ring gear clearance must be adjusted prior

    to selecting shim for the thrust button.

    1. Install the thrust button with shim into the gear case

    cover and tighten securely (left-hand threads).

    GC057A

    2. Place the ring gear with selected shim into the cover

    and measure the ring gear to thrust button clearance

    with a thickness gauge. Clearance should be

    0.002-0.004 in.

    AT THIS POINT

    For servicing the input shaft (450), pinion gear, needle

    bearing, ring gear, and axle seal, see Front Differential

    in this section.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-20

    GC058A

    3. If clearance is as specified, remove the ring gear and

    thrust button; then place a drop of red Loctite #271

    on the threads and tighten to 8 ft-lb (left-hand

    threads).

    4. If clearance is not as specified, repeat steps 1 and 2

    using thicker (clearance too great) or thinner (clear

    ance too small) until correct specification is reached.

    REAR DRIVE INPUT SHAFT/

    HOUSING (1000)

    Removing/Disassembling

    1. Remove the cap screws securing the rear drive input

    shaft/housing to the rear gear case; then remove the

    input housing assembly.

    GZ183

    2. Remove the clutch pack from the clutch basket; then

    remove the snap ring securing the clutch basket (A)

    to the input shaft (B) and remove the clutch basket.

    GZ392

    GZ176A

    GZ177

    3. Remove the input shaft from the input housing; then

    remove the oil seal.

    GZ180

    GZ182A

    4. Remove the snap ring retaining the input bearing and

    using an appropriate bearing driver, press the bearing

    from the housing.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-21

    6

    GZ184A

    Cleaning and Inspecting

    1. Wash all parts in parts-cleaning solvent and dry with

    compressed air.

    2. Clean all gasket material and sealant from mating

    surfaces.

    3. Inspect bearings, shafts, and housing for excessive

    wear, cracks, or discoloration.

    4. Inspect the clutch basket for wear in splines or cracks

    in the housing.

    GZ178A

    5. Inspect the clutch pack for signs of discoloration.

    NOTE: The clutch pack is not a serviceable compo-

    nent. If worn, discolored, or damaged in any way, it

    must be replaced.

    Assembling/Installing

    1. Install a new bearing into the input housing and

    secure with the snap ring (flat side directed away

    from bearing).

    GZ184

    2. Using a suitable seal driver, install a new oil seal into

    the front of the input housing until the seal flush with

    the housing.

    GZ182A

    3. Apply grease to the lips of the oil seal; then install

    the input shaft into the input bearing and housing.

    GZ179A

    4. Install the clutch basket onto the input shaft and

    secure with the snap ring (flat side directed outward);

    then install the clutch pack into the basket.

    ! WARNING

    Always wear safety glasses when working with com-

    pressed air.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-22

    GZ176

    5. Using a new gasket, install the assembled rear drive

    input shaft/housing onto the rear drive gear case and

    secure with the three cap screws. Tighten to 23 ft-lb.

    INSTALLING

    1. Slide the gear case into position through the left side

    of the frame; then secure it to the frame with cap

    screws and lock nuts. Tighten to 45 ft-lb.

    2. Secure the engine output shaft to the rear gear case

    input flange with four cap screws and lock nuts.

    Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    3. Install the rear drive axles (see Drive Axles in this

    section).

    4. Install the left-side rear A-arms (see Rear A-Arms in

    Section 7).

    Hub

    REMOVING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheel; then remove the wheel.

    2. Remove the cotter pin from the nut.

    NOTE: During assembly, new cotter pins should be

    installed.

    KX041

    3. Remove the hex nut securing the hub.

    4. Remove the brake caliper.

    PR243A

    5. Remove the hub assembly.

    6. Remove the four cap screws securing the brake disc.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all hub components.

    2. Inspect all threads for stripping or damage.

    3. Inspect the brake disc for cracks or warping.

    4. Inspect the hub for pits, cracks, loose studs, or spline

    wear.

    INSTALLING

    1. Secure the brake disc to the hub with the four cap

    screws coated with blue Loctite #243. Tighten to 15

    ft-lb.

    2. Apply grease to the splines in the hub.

    3. Install the hub assembly onto the shaft.

    PR290

    4. Secure the hub assembly with the hex nut. Tighten

    only until snug.

    5. Secure the brake caliper to the knuckle with two new

    “patch-lock” cap screws. Tighten the auxiliary cali-

    per to 20 ft-lb. Tighten the hydraulic caliper to 20

    ft-lb.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-23

    6

    PR243A

    6. Tighten the hex nut (from step 4) to 200 ft-lb; then

    install and spread a new cotter pin making sure each

    side of the pin is flush to the hex nut.

    NOTE: If the cotter pin does not line up, always

    tighten to the next alignment.

    PR260

    7. Install the wheel and tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels)

    or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    8. Remove the ATV from the support stand.

    Hand Brake Lever/Master

    Cylinder Assembly

    NOTE: The master cylinder is a non-serviceable

    component; it must be replaced as an assembly.

    REMOVING

    1. Slide a piece of flexible tubing over one of the wheel

    bleeder valves and direct the other end into a con-

    tainer. Remove the reservoir cover; then open the

    bleeder valve. Allow the brake fluid to drain com-

    pletely.

    NOTE: Compressing the brake lever several times

    will quicken the draining process.

    AF637D

    2. Place an absorbent towel around the connection to

    absorb brake fluid. Remove the banjo-fitting from

    the master cylinder. Account for two crush washers

    and a banjo-fitting bolt.

    DE059A

    3. Remove the snap ring and pivot pin securing the

    brake lever to the master cylinder housing; then

    remove the brake lever and set aside.

    4. Dislodge the brakelight switch from the master cyl-

    inder housing by gently pressing it toward the pivot

    pin hole in the housing; then lay it aside leaving the

    switch and wiring harness connected.

    BC205

    5. Remove the clamp screws securing the brake hous-

    ing to the handlebar; then remove the assembly from

    the handlebar.

    CAUTION

    Brake fluid is highly corrosive. Do not spill brake fluid

    on any surface of the ATV.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-24

    DE058A

    INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Inspect the pin securing the brake lever for wear.

    2. Inspect the brake lever for elongation of the pivot

    hole.

    3. Inspect the reservoir for cracks and leakage.

    4. Inspect the banjo-fitting for cracks and deterioration

    and the condition of the fittings (threaded and com-

    pression).

    5. Inspect the brakelight switch for corrosion, cracks,

    missing or broken mounting tabs, or broken and

    frayed wiring.

    NOTE: If the brakelight switch is determined to be

    not serviceable, see Section 5.

    INSTALLING

    1. Position the brake housing on the handlebar. Secure

    with clamp screws; then tighten securely.

    DE058A

    2. Using two new crush washers, connect the banjo-fit-

    ting to the master cylinder; then secure with the

    banjo-fitting bolt. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    DE059A

    3. Gently press the brakelight switch into the housing

    (left to right) until the mounting tabs snap into the

    four locating holes; then install the brake lever, pivot

    pin, and snap ring.

    BC206

    4. Bleed the brake system (see Section 2).

    Hydraulic Brake Caliper

    REMOVING/DISASSEMBLING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheel; then remove the wheel.

    2. Drain the brake fluid from the caliper, hose, and

    master cylinder through the bleed screw by pumping

    the brake lever/pedal.

    ! WARNING

    Arctic Cat recommends that only authorized Arctic Cat

    ATV dealers perform hydraulic brake service. Failure to

    properly repair brake systems can result in loss of con-

    trol causing severe injury or death.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    ! WARNING

    Never let brake fluid contact the eyes. Damage to the

    eyes will occur. Always wear appropriate protective

    safety goggles and latex gloves when handling brake

    fluid.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-25

    6

    PR235

    NOTE: Whenever brake components are removed,

    disassembled, or repaired where brake fluid is

    exposed to air, drain all fluid and replace with new

    DOT 4 brake fluid from an unopened container. Brake

    fluid readily absorbs moisture from the air signifi-

    cantly lowering the boiling point. This increases the

    chance of vapor lock reducing braking power and

    increasing stopping distance.

    3. Remove the brake hose from the caliper and close

    the bleed screw; then remove the caliper.

    4. Compress the caliper holder against the caliper

    (opposite the O-ring side) and remove the outer

    brake pad; then remove the inner brake pad.

    NOTE: If brake pads are to be returned to service,

    do not allow brake fluid to contaminate them.

    PR237A

    PR238

    5. Remove the caliper holder from the caliper and dis-

    card the O-ring.

    PR239B

    NOTE: The O-ring is used for shipping purposes

    and provides no function in operation.

    6. Cover the piston end of the housing with a shop

    towel; then keeping fingers clear of piston travel,

    apply compressed air to the fluid port to blow the

    piston free of the housing. Account for two seal

    rings in the housing.

    PR713A

    CAUTION

    Brake fluid is highly corrosive. Do not spill brake fluid

    on any surface of the ATV and do not reuse brake fluid.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-26

    PR715

    7. Using an appropriate seal removal tool, carefully

    remove the seals from the brake caliper housing; then

    remove four O-rings from the brake caliper housing

    noting the location of the different sized O-rings. Dis-

    card all seals, O-rings, and crush washers.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    1. Clean all caliper components (except the brake pads)

    with DOT 4 brake fluid. Do not wipe dry.

    2. Inspect the brake pads for damage and excessive

    wear.

    NOTE: For measuring brake pads, see Section 2.

    3. Inspect the brake caliper housings for scoring in the

    piston bores, chipped seal ring grooves, or signs of

    corrosion or discoloration.

    4. Inspect the piston surface for scoring, discoloration,

    or evidence of binding or galling.

    5. Inspect the caliper holder for wear or bending.

    ASSEMBLING/INSTALLING

    1. Install new seals into the brake caliper housing and

    apply a liberal amount of DOT 4 brake fluid to the

    cylinder bore of the housing, seals, and brake piston.

    PR715

    PR717A

    2. Press the piston into the caliper housing using hand

    pressure only. Completely seat the piston; then wipe

    off any excessive brake fluid.

    PR711A

    PR712

    3. Apply high-temperature silicone grease (supplied

    with the O-ring kit) to the inside of the caliper holder

    bores and O-rings; then install the four O-rings into

    the caliper.

    PR719C

    ! WARNING

    Make sure to hold the towel firmly in place or the piston

    could be ejected from the housing causing injury.

    CAUTION

    Make sure the seals are properly in place and did not

    twist or roll during installation.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-27

    6

    4. Install the caliper onto the caliper holder making sure

    the caliper and holder are correctly oriented.

    NOTE: It is very important to apply silicone grease

    to the O-rings and caliper bores prior to assembly.

    PR239C

    5. Making sure brake fluid does not contact the brake pads,

    compress the caliper holder toward the caliper and

    install the inner brake pad; then install the outer pad.

    PR238

    PR239

    6. Place the brake caliper assembly into position and

    secure with new “patch-lock” cap screws. Tighten

    the caliper to 20 ft-lb.

    7. Place a new crush washer on each side of the brake

    hose fitting and install it on the caliper. Tighten to 20

    ft-lb.

    8. Fill the reservoir; then bleed the brake system (see

    Section 2).

    9. Install the wheel. Tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels) or

    80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    10. Remove the ATV from the support stand and verify

    brake operation.

    CAUTION

    If brake pads become contaminated with brake fluid, they

    must be thoroughly cleaned with brake cleaning solvent

    or replaced with new pads. Failure to do so will result in

    reduced braking and premature brake pad failure.

    ! WARNING

    Never use brake fluid from an open container or reuse

    brake fluid. Moisture-contaminated brake fluid could

    cause vapor build-up (expansion) during hard braking

    resulting in greatly increased stopping distance or loss

    of control leading to injury or death.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    6-28

    Troubleshooting Drive

    System

    Troubleshooting Brake

    System

    Problem: Power not transmitted from engine to wheels

    Condition Remedy

    1. Rear axle shafts serration worn — broken 1. Replace shaft

    Problem: Power not transmitted from engine to either front wheel

    Condition Remedy

    1. Secondary drive — driven gear teeth broken

    2. Propeller shaft serration worn — broken

    3. Coupling damaged

    4. Coupling joint serration worn — damaged

    5. Front drive — driven bevel gears broken — damaged

    6. Front differential gears/pinions broken — damaged

    7. Sliding dogs/shaft fork worn — damaged

    8. Front drive axle worn — damaged

    9. Front drive axle serration worn — damaged

    1. Replace gear(s)

    2. Replace shaft

    3. Replace coupling

    4. Replace joint

    5. Replace gear(s)

    6. Replace gears — pinions

    7. Replace gear(s)

    8. Replace axle

    9. Replace axle

    Problem: Braking poor

    Condition Remedy

    1. Pad worn

    2. Pedal free-play excessive

    3. Brake fluid leaking

    4. Hydraulic system spongy

    5. Master cylinder/brake cylinder seal worn

    1. Replace pads

    2. Replace pads

    3. Repair — replace hydraulic system component(s)

    4. Bleed hydraulic system — correct or repair leaks

    5. Replace master cylinder

    Problem: Brake lever travel excessive

    Condition Remedy

    1. Hydraulic system entrapped air

    2. Brake fluid low

    3. Brake fluid incorrect

    4. Piston seal — cup worn

    1. Bleed hydraulic system

    2. Add fluid to proper level

    3. Drain system — replace with correct fluid

    4. Replace master cylinder

    Problem: Brake fluid leaking

    Condition Remedy

    1. Connection joints loose

    2. Hose cracked

    3. Piston seal worn

    1. Tighten joint

    2. Replace hose

    3. Replace brake caliper

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-1

    7

    SECTION 7 — SUSPENSION

    TABLE OF

    CONTENTS

    Suspension …..…………….…………….…………….…….. 7-2

    Shock Absorbers ……………………..…………….……….. 7-2

    Front A-Arms …………………….…………….………….….. 7-3

    Rear A-Arms …………………………..…………….……….. 7-5

    Wheels and Tires …..…………….…………….…………… 7-7

    Troubleshooting …..…………….…………….……………... 7-8

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-2

    Suspension

    The following suspension system components should be

    inspected periodically to ensure proper operation.

    A. Shock absorber rods not bent, pitted, or damaged.

    B. Rubber damper not cracked, broken, or missing.

    C. Shock absorber body not damaged, punctured, or

    leaking.

    D. Shock absorber eyelets not broken, bent, or

    cracked.

    E. Shock absorber eyelet bushings not worn, deterio-

    rated, cracked, or missing.

    F. Shock absorber spring not broken or sagging.

    NOTE: Critical torque specifications are located in

    Section 1.

    Shock Absorbers

    REMOVING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheels and to release load on the suspension.

    2. Remove the two cap screws and nuts securing each

    front shock absorber to the frame and the upper

    A-arm. Account for bushings and sleeves from each.

    AF605D

    3. Remove the two cap screws and nut securing each

    rear shock absorber to the frame and lower A-arm.

    Account for bushings and sleeves from each.

    AF626D

    4. Compress the shock absorber spring, remove the

    retainer, and remove the spring.

    AF730D

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all shock absorber components using a pres-

    sure washer.

    2. Inspect each shock rod for nicks, pits, rust, bends,

    and oily residue.

    3. Inspect all springs, spring retainers, shock rods,

    sleeves, bushings, shock bodies, and eyelets for

    cracks, leaks, and bends.

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the shock absorber spring over the shock

    absorber, compress the spring, and install the

    retainer.

    2. Place bushings and sleeves (where appropriate) into

    shock eyelet; then install shock with two cap screws

    and nuts. Tighten all front suspension nuts to 50

    ft-lb. Tighten rear suspension nuts (upper) to 50 ft-lb;

    tighten lower shock-to-A-arm nuts to 20 ft-lb.

    NOTE: The rear shock absorber-to-lower A-arm

    torque factor is 20 ft-lb.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    CAUTION

    Additional support stands are necessary to support the

    rear axle when the shock absorbers are removed or

    damage may occur.

    CAUTION

    Do not tighten the nuts beyond the recommended spec-

    ification or the shock eyelet or mount WILL be dam-

    aged.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-3

    7

    3. Remove the ATV from the support stand.

    Front A-Arms

    REMOVING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    front wheels; then remove the wheels.

    2. Remove the cotter pin from the nut. Discard the cot-

    ter pin.

    CD008

    3. Remove the nut securing the hub.

    4. Remove the brake caliper. Account for two cap

    screws.

    PR377B

    NOTE: Do not allow the brake caliper to hang from

    the cable/hose.

    5. Remove the hub assembly.

    6. Remove the cotter pin and slotted nut securing the tie

    rod end to the knuckle; then remove the tie rod end

    from the knuckle.

    AF618D

    7. Remove the cap screws securing the ball joints to the

    knuckle.

    PR203

    8. Tap the ball joints out of the knuckle; then remove

    the knuckle.

    9. Remove the lower shock absorber eyelet from the

    upper A-arm.

    10. Remove the cap screws securing the A-arms to the

    frame.

    AF610D

    11. Remove the circlip from the ball joint; then remove

    the ball joint from the A-arm.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    CAUTION

    Support the knuckle when removing the cap screws or

    damage to the threads will occur.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-4

    AF616D

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all A-arm components using a pressure

    washer.

    2. Clean the ball joint mounting hole of all residual

    Loctite, grease, oil, or dirt for installing purposes.

    3. Inspect the A-arm for bends, cracks, and worn bush-

    ings.

    4. Inspect the ball joint mounting holes for cracks or

    damage.

    5. Inspect the frame mounts for signs of damage, wear,

    or weldment damage.

    INSTALLING

    1. Apply Loctite Primer “T” to the arm socket; then

    apply green Loctite #609 to the entire outside diame-

    ter of the ball joint. Install the ball joint into the

    A-arm and secure with the snap ring.

    AF616D

    2. Install the A-arm assemblies into the frame mounts

    and secure with the cap screws. Only finger-tighten

    at this time.

    AF610D

    3. Route the brake hose through the upper A-arm shock

    absorber mount; then secure the hose to the A-arm

    with a cable tie and grommet.

    DE054A

    4. Secure the lower eyelet of the shock absorber to the

    upper A-arm. Tighten nut to 50 ft-lb.

    5. Secure the A-arm assemblies to the frame mounts

    (from step 2). Tighten the cap screws to 50 ft-lb.

    6. Install the knuckle assembly onto the ball joints and

    secure with cap screws. Tighten to 35 ft-lb.

    AF628D

    7. Install the tie rod end and secure with the nut.

    Tighten to 30 ft-lb; then install a new cotter pin and

    spread the pin to secure the nut.

    NOTE: During assembly, new cotter pins should be

    installed.

    CAUTION

    Do not tighten the nut beyond the 50 ft-lb specification

    or the shock eyelet or mount WILL be damaged.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-5

    7

    AF618D

    8. Apply grease to the hub and drive axle splines; then

    install the hub assembly onto the drive axle.

    CD009

    9. Secure the hub assembly with the nut. Tighten only

    until snug.

    10. Secure the brake caliper to the knuckle with two new

    “patch-lock” cap screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    CD007

    11. Secure the hub nut (from step 9) to the shaft/axle.

    Tighten to 200 ft-lb.

    NOTE: If the cotter pin does not line up, always

    tighten to the next alignment.

    12. Install a new cotter pin and spread the pin to secure

    the nut.

    CD008

    13. Install the wheel and tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels)

    or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    14. Remove the ATV from the support stand.

    Rear A-Arms

    REMOVING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheels.

    2. Pump up the hand brake; then engage the brake lever

    lock.

    3. Remove the wheel.

    4. Remove the cotter pin securing the hex nut; then

    remove the hex nut. Release the brake lever lock.

    5. Remove the caliper (right side only).

    NOTE: Do not allow the brake caliper to hang from

    the cable/hose.

    6. Remove the cap screws and lock nut securing the

    shock absorber to the frame and lower A-arm; then

    remove the shock absorber.

    7. Remove the cap screws securing the boot guard to

    the lower A-arm.

    AF934

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-6

    8. Slide the hub out of the knuckle and set aside.

    9. Remove the cap screws and lock nuts securing the

    knuckle to the A-arms. Discard the lock nuts.

    NOTE: Never reuse a lock nut. Once a lock nut has

    been removed, it must be replaced with a new lock nut.

    10. Remove the cap screws and lock nuts securing the

    A-arms to the frame; then remove the A-arms.

    NOTE: If removing the upper right A-arm, it will be

    necessary to disconnect the brake hose from the

    A-arm.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all A-arm components using a pressure

    washer.

    2. Inspect the A-arm for bends, cracks, and worn bush-

    ings.

    3. Inspect the frame mounts for signs of damage, wear,

    or weldment damage.

    INSTALLING

    1. Install the A-arm assemblies into the frame mounts

    and secure with the cap screws and new lock nuts.

    Only finger-tighten at this time.

    2. Slide the knuckle onto the drive axle and into posi-

    tion on the A-arms; then secure the knuckle to the

    A-arms with cap screws and new lock nuts. Tighten

    to 35 ft-lb (450 models) or 50 ft-lb (1000 models).

    3. Tighten the hardware securing the A-arms to the

    frame mounts (from step 1) to 50 ft-lb.

    4. Apply grease on the drive axle splines; then install

    the hub assembly onto the drive axle.

    PR290

    5. Secure the hub assembly with the nut. Tighten only

    until snug.

    6. Secure the brake caliper to the knuckle with two new

    “patch-lock” cap screws (right side only). Tighten

    the caliper to 20 ft-lb.

    NOTE: Ensure that the brake hose is properly

    routed and secured to the upper A-arm.

    DE054A

    7. Compress the hand brake lever and engage the brake

    lever lock; then secure the hub nut (from step 5) to

    the drive axle. Tighten to 200 ft-lb.

    8. Install a new cotter pin and spread the pin to secure

    the nut.

    NOTE: If the cotter pin does not line up, always

    tighten to the next alignment.

    PR260

    9. Secure the shock absorber to the frame with a cap

    screw and new lock nut. Tighten to 50 ft-lb.

    10. Secure the shock absorber to the lower A-arm with a

    cap screw and new lock nut. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    11. Secure the boot guard to the lower A-arm with the

    two cap screws. Tighten securely.

    12. Install the wheel and tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels)

    or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    13. Remove the ATV from the support stand.

    Wheels and Tires

    TIRE SIZE

    The ATV is equipped with low-pressure tubeless tires of

    the size and type listed in Section 1. Do not under any

    circumstances substitute tires of a different type or size.

    ! WARNING

    Use only Arctic Cat approved tires when replacing tires.

    Failure to do so could result in unstable ATV operation.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-7

    7

    TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE

    Front and rear tire inflation pressure should be as speci-

    fied in Section 1.

    REMOVING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheels.

    2. Remove the wheels.

    NOTE: Keep left-side and right-side wheels sepa-

    rated for installing them on their proper sides.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean the wheels and hubs using a pressure washer.

    2. Inspect each wheel for cracks, dents, or bends.

    3. Inspect each tire for cuts, wear, missing lugs, and

    leaks.

    INSTALLING

    Install each wheel on its hub. Tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel

    wheels) or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    NOTE: Make sure each wheel is installed on its

    proper hub as noted in removing (the “rotation

    arrow” (if applicable) must indicate forward direction

    of rotation).

    AF612D

    CHECKING/INFLATING

    1. Using an air pressure gauge, measure the air pressure

    in each tire. Adjust the air pressure as necessary to

    meet the recommended inflation pressure.

    2. Inspect the tires for damage, wear, or punctures.

    NOTE: Be sure all tires are the specified size and

    have identical tread pattern.

    NOTE: If pulling is noted, measure the circumfer

    ence of the front and rear tires on the pulling side.

    Compare the measurements with the tires on the

    opposite side. If pulling is noted during braking only,

    check and adjust the brakes as necessary and

    recheck operation (see Section 2).

    ! WARNING

    Do not mix tire tread patterns. Use the same pattern

    type on front and rear. Failure to heed warning could

    cause poor handling qualities of the ATV and could

    cause excessive drive train damage not covered by war

    ranty.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    ! WARNING

    Do not operate the ATV if tire damage exists.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    7-8

    Troubleshooting

    Problem: Suspension too soft

    Condition Remedy

    1. Spring(s) weak

    2. Shock absorber damaged

    3. Shock absorber preload too low

    1. Replace spring(s)

    2. Replace shock absorber

    3. Adjust shock absorber preload

    Problem: Suspension too stiff

    Condition Remedy

    1. A-arm-related bushings worn

    2. Shock absorber preload too high

    1. Replace bushing

    2. Adjust shock absorber preload

    Problem: Suspension noisy

    Condition Remedy

    1. Cap screws (suspension system) loose

    2. A-arm-related bushings worn

    1. Tighten cap screws

    2. Replace bushings

    Problem: Rear wheel oscillation

    Condition Remedy

    1. Rear wheel hub bearings worn — loose

    2. Tires defective — incorrect

    3. Wheel rim distorted

    4. Wheel hub cap screws loose

    5. Auxiliary brake adjusted incorrectly

    6. Rear suspension arm-related bushing worn

    7. Rear shock absorber damaged

    8. Rear suspension arm nut loose

    1. Replace bearings

    2. Replace tires

    3. Replace rim

    4. Tighten cap screws

    5. Adjust brake

    6. Replace bushing

    7. Replace shock absorber

    8. Tighten nut

    Problem: Vehicle pulling or steering erratic

    Condition Remedy

    1. Vehicle steering is erratic on dry, level surface

    2. Vehicle pulls left or right on dry, level surface

    1. Check front wheel alignment and adjust if necessary (see

    Section 8)

    2. Check air pressure in tires and adjust to specifications

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-1

    8

    SECTION 8 —

    STEERING/FRAME/CONTROLS

    TABLE OF

    CONTENTS

    Steering/Frame/Controls ……….………….…………….….. 2

    LCD Gauge …..…………….…………….…………….……….. 2

    Steering Post/Tie Rods ……………….…………….……….. 2

    Handlebar Grip…………….…………….………….……….. 6

    Throttle Control ………..……………..…………….………….. 7

    Steering Knuckles …………..…………….…………….…….. 8

    Measuring/Adjusting Toe-Out ………….…………….…… 10

    Shift Lever …….………………………..…………….………… 11

    Front Rack…………….……………..…………….………… 11

    Front Bumper Assembly ……………………………………. 11

    Front Body Panel/Side Panels..…………….……………. 12

    Footrests …..…………….………….…………….……………. 15

    Belly Panel ……………………………..………………………. 15

    Exhaust System ……………..…………….………….……… 16

    Rear Body Panel/Rack ……………..…………….………… 16

    Taillight Assembly..……………….………………..………… 17

    Seat……………..…………….…………….…………….……… 17

    Troubleshooting …..…………….…………….……………. 18

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-2

    Steering/Frame/Controls

    The following steering components should be inspected

    periodically to ensure safe and proper operation.

    A. Handlebar grips not worn, broken, or loose.

    B. Handlebar not bent, cracked, and has equal and

    complete full-left and full-right capability.

    C. Steering post bearing assembly/bearing housing

    not broken, worn, or binding.

    D. Ball joints not worn, cracked, or damaged.

    E. Tie rods not bent or cracked.

    F. Knuckles not worn, cracked, or damaged.

    G. Cotter pins not damaged or missing.

    The frame, welds, and racks should be checked periodi-

    cally for damage, bends, cracks, deterioration, broken

    components, and missing components.

    NOTE: Critical torque specifications are located in

    Section 1.

    LCD Gauge

    REPLACING

    To replace the gauge, use the following procedure.

    1. Remove the two reinstallable rivets securing the

    instrument pod; then remove the ignition switch

    retaining ring.

    2. Remove the two nuts securing the mounting studs;

    then remove the gauge and disconnect the

    multi-pin connector.

    3. Mount the gauge and secure with the two nuts;

    then connect the multi-pin connector.

    4. Install the instrument pod and secure with the rein-

    stallable rivets.

    5. Secure the ignition switch with the retaining ring.

    Steering Post/Tie Rods

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the ignition switch retaining ring; then

    remove the reinstallable rivets securing the instru-

    ment pod to the mounting bracket and remove the

    pod and LCD gauge.

    FI463A

    FI464A

    2. Remove the reinstallable rivets securing the radiator

    access cover and remove the cover.

    FI465A

    3. Remove four reinstallable rivets securing the steer-

    ing post cover and remove the cover.

    FI466A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-3

    8

    4. Unlatch the storage compartment lid; then slide the

    storage compartment cover assembly forward and

    lift off.

    FI467A

    5. Remove the storage compartment.

    FI468

    6. Remove the four cap screws securing the handlebar

    caps and LCD gauge bracket to the steering post;

    then move the handlebar and gauge out of the way.

    Account for four handlebar caps.

    CD762

    7. Remove two cap screws securing the upper steering

    post bearing to the frame. Account for two housings.

    CD760

    8. Using a suitable lift stand, raise the ATV enough to

    remove the front wheels.

    CD685

    NOTE: For models not equipped with electronic

    power steering, proceed to step 13.

    9. Remove the left front shock absorber; then remove

    the cap screws and nuts from the steering post to the

    EPS couplers.

    EPS005A

    10. Pull upward on the handlebar to disengage the upper

    coupler from the EPS assembly.

    11. Disconnect the 2-pin and 8-pin connectors from the

    top of the EPS housing.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-4

    EPS007A

    12. Remove four cap screws securing the EPS housing to

    the frame; then lift the assembly upward sufficiently

    to disengage the lower coupler and remove from the

    left side.

    13. Remove the cotter pins and slotted nuts from the

    inner and outer tie rod ends; then remove the tie rods

    from the steering post arm and the left-side and

    right-side steering knuckles.

    AF778D

    KX039

    14. Remove two cap screws securing the lower steering

    post bearing flange to the frame; then remove the

    steering post.

    AL600D

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean and inspect the pivot area for wear. Apply a

    low-temperature grease to the ends.

    2. Inspect the tie rods for damaged threads or wear.

    3. Inspect the tie rods for cracks or unusual bends.

    4. Inspect all welded areas for cracks or deterioration.

    5. Inspect the steering post and steering-post brackets

    for cracks, bends, or wear.

    6. Inspect the bearing halves, bearing caps, and bearing

    housings for cracks or wear.

    7. Inspect the handlebar tube for cracks, wear, or

    unusual bends.

    8. Inspect the handlebar grips for damage or wear.

    INSTALLING (Models Without

    Electronic Power Steering)

    1. Place the steering post into position; then secure the

    lower bearing flange to the frame with two cap

    screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    AL600D

    CAUTION

    Do not attempt to disassemble the EPS assembly as

    there are no serviceable components within the assem-

    bly and damage will occur voiding the EPS warranty.

    ! WARNING

    Always wear safety glasses when using compressed

    air.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-5

    8

    2. Place the upper steering post bearings into the hous-

    ings; then position on the steering post and secure the

    housings to the frame with two cap screws. Tighten

    to 20 ft-lb.

    CD760

    3. Install the tie rods and secure with the slotted nuts.

    Tighten to 30 ft-lb; then install new cotter pins.

    NOTE: If the slots do not align with the holes in the

    tie rod ends, tighten the nuts just enough to allow

    installation of the cotter pins.

    AF778D

    4. Install the front wheels and tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel

    wheels) or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels) using a criss-

    cross pattern.

    5. Lower the ATV and place the handlebar and caps

    into position on the steering post; then position the

    LCD gauge on top of the caps and secure with the

    four cap screws. Tighten securely.

    6. Install the storage compartment box; then attach the

    storage compartment cover assembly by engaging

    the tabs into the slots and sliding rearward. Lock the

    storage compartment lid to hold the assembly in

    place.

    7. Place the instrument pod into position; then secure

    with two reinstallable rivets and the ignition switch

    retaining ring.

    FI464A

    FI463A

    8. Install the steering post access cover and secure with

    four reinstallable rivets; then install and secure the

    radiator access cover.

    FI466A

    FI465A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-6

    INSTALLING (Electronic Power

    Steering Models)

    1. Place the lower steering post into position; then

    secure the lower bearing flange to the frame with two

    cap screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    AL600D

    2. Making sure the double spline is aligned to the slot in

    the lower coupler, install the EPS output shaft into

    the lower coupler; then install the four caps screws

    securing the EPS housing to the frame. Tighten to 35

    ft-lb.

    EPS008A

    EPS007

    3. Install the tie rods and secure with the slotted nuts.

    Tighten to 30 ft-lb; then install new cotter pins.

    NOTE: If the slots do not align with the holes in the

    tie rod ends, tighten the nuts just enough to allow

    installation of the cotter pins.

    AF778D

    EPS005A

    4. Connect the 2-pin and 8-pin connectors to the EPS

    assembly.

    5. Install the upper steering post support to the frame

    and secure with two cap screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    6. Install the storage compartment, steering post and

    radiator access panels, and storage compartment

    cover; then install the shock absorber and tighten to

    50 ft-lb.

    7. Install the front wheels and tighten the nuts to 40

    ft-lb (steel wheels) or 80 ft-lb (aluminum wheels).

    Handlebar Grip

    REMOVING

    1. Loosen but do not remove the cap screws in the end

    of the handlebar; then tap lightly on the head to dis-

    lodge the handlebar plug.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-7

    8

    KC310

    KC309A

    2. Grasp the end and remove the cap screw, plug, and

    end cap.

    INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively, cracked,

    or damaged in any way, replacement is necessary.

    1. Inspect the grip for wear, cuts, or cracks.

    2. Inspect the grip for deterioration.

    3. If a grip is damaged, cut the grip lengthwise using a

    sharp knife or box cutter; then peel off the grip.

    INSTALLING

    NOTE: Before installing a grip, use contact removal

    spray or alcohol to clean the handlebar of glue resi-

    due, oil, or any other contaminant.

    1. Apply a liberal amount of Handlebar Grip Adhesive

    to the inside of a new grip.

    2. Slide the grip onto the handlebar until it is fully

    seated with the smooth part of the grip facing up.

    3. Wipe off any excess glue; then secure the grip with

    the handlebar end-cap.

    Throttle Control

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the two machine screws securing the throt-

    tle control to the handlebar.

    2. Slide the grommet out of the lower half of the throt-

    tle control; then remove the cable from the actuator

    arm.

    AF676D

    3. Remove the cap screw, lock washer, and washer

    securing the actuator arm to the throttle control lever.

    AF677D

    4. Remove the actuator arm and account for a bushing.

    Note the position of the return spring for installing

    purposes.

    AF678D

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the return spring into the throttle control; then

    place the bushing and actuator arm into position.

    Secure with the cap screw, lock washer, and washer.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-8

    AF679D

    2. Using a pair of needle-nose pliers, place the spring

    into position on the actuator arm.

    AF680D

    3. Place the two halves of the throttle control onto the

    handlebar and secure with the two machine screws.

    ADJUSTING

    To adjust throttle cable free-play, see Section 4.

    Steering Knuckles

    REMOVING AND DISASSEMBLING

    1. Secure the ATV on a support stand to elevate the

    wheel; then remove the wheel.

    2. Remove the wheel cap from the hub; then remove

    the cotter pin from the nut.

    3. Remove the nut securing the hub.

    4. Remove the brake caliper.

    NOTE: Do not allow the brake caliper to hang from

    the cable/hose.

    5. Remove the hub assembly.

    6. Remove the cotter pin from the tie rod end and

    remove the tie rod end from the knuckle.

    7. Remove the two cap screws securing the ball joints

    in the knuckle.

    8. Tap the ball joint end out of the knuckle; then

    remove the knuckle.

    9. Remove the snap ring from the knuckle; then remove

    the bearing.

    PR287A

    PR288

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all knuckle components.

    2. Inspect the bearing for pits, gouges, rusting, or pre-

    mature wear.

    3. Inspect the knuckle for cracks, breaks, or porosity.

    4. Inspect threads for stripping or damage.

    ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING

    1. Install the bearing; then install the snap ring making

    sure it seats into the knuckle.

    ! WARNING

    Make sure the ATV is solidly supported on the support

    stand to avoid injury.

    CAUTION

    Use extreme care when removing the bearing. If the

    bearing is allowed to fall, it will be damaged and will

    have to be replaced.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-9

    8

    PR287A

    2. Install the knuckle to the upper and lower ball joints

    and secure with the two cap screws. Tighten to 35

    ft-lb.

    AF628D

    3. Install the tie rod end and secure with the nut.

    Tighten to 30 ft-lb; then install a new cotter pin and

    spread the pin.

    NOTE: During assembling, new cotter pins should

    be installed.

    AF618D

    4. Apply a small amount of grease to the hub splines.

    PR290A

    5. Install the hub assembly onto the splines of the shaft.

    6. Secure the hub assembly with the nut. Tighten only

    until snug.

    PR257

    7. Secure the brake caliper to the knuckle with new

    “patch-lock” cap screws. Tighten to 20 ft-lb.

    PR264A

    8. Pump the hand brake lever; then engage the brake

    lever lock.

    9. Secure the hub nut (from step 6) to the shaft. Tighten

    to 200 ft-lb.

    10. Install a new cotter pin and spread the pin to secure

    the nut.

    11. Install the wheel; then using a crisscross pattern,

    tighten to 40 ft-lb (steel wheels) or 80 ft-lb (alumi-

    num wheels).

    12. Remove the ATV from the support stand.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-10

    Measuring/Adjusting

    Toe-Out

    1. Thoroughly wash the ATV to remove excess weight

    (mud, etc.).

    2. Refer to the specifications and ensure the tires are

    properly inflated to the recommended pressure.

    NOTE: Ensure the inflation pressure is correct in

    the tires or inaccurate measurements can occur.

    3. Place the ATV in a level position taking care not to

    push down or lift up on the front end; then turn the

    handlebar to the straight ahead position.

    NOTE: When measuring and adjusting, there

    should be a normal operating load on the ATV (with-

    out an operator but with Arctic Cat approved acces-

    sories).

    4. Measure the distance from the outside edge of each

    handlebar grip to equal reference points on each.

    DE047A

    5. Adjust the handlebar direction until the two measure-

    ments are equal; then secure the handlebar to the rear

    rack using tie-down straps.

    NOTE: Care must be taken not to allow the handle-

    bar to turn while securing it.

    CD014

    6. Measure the distance from the inside of each front

    rim to the lower frame tube.

    AF785D

    AF786D

    NOTE: The distances from the inside rims to the

    frame tubes should be equal. If the measurements

    are equal, proceed to step 8; if the measurements are

    not equal, proceed to step 7.

    7. To make the measurements equal, loosen the appro-

    priate tie rod jam nuts and adjust accordingly; then

    proceed to step 8.

    AF617D

    AF778D

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-11

    8

    NOTE: The front wheels do not have to be removed

    to adjust the tie rod. Also, care should be taken not to

    disturb the handlebar position.

    8. Using a permanent marker of some type, mark the

    center of each front tire (at a height parallel to the

    belly panel).

    AF789D

    9. Measure the distance between the marks (at a height

    parallel to the belly panel) at the front side; then

    record the measurement.

    10. Push the ATV forward until the marks are parallel to

    the belly panel on the back side; then measure the

    distance between the marks.

    11. The difference in the measurements must show

    1/8-1/4 in. toe-out (the front measurement 1/8-1/4 in.

    more than the rear measurement).

    12. If the difference in the measurements is not within

    specifications, adjust both tie rods equally until

    within specifications.

    NOTE: Prior to locking the jam nuts, make sure the

    ball joints are at the center of their normal range of

    motion and at the correct angle.

    733-559A

    Shift Lever

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the E-clip securing the shift rod to the shift

    lever.

    2. Remove two cap screws, two self-tapping screws,

    and three nylon ties securing the left-side splash

    panel and remove the panel.

    3. Remove the axle and nut securing the shift lever to

    the upper shift arm; then remove the shift lever.

    Account for a spring and two O-rings.

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the spring into position between the upper shift

    arm and shift lever; then making sure the O-rings are

    in place on the axle, secure the shift lever to the arm

    with the existing axle and nut.

    2. Place the shift rod into position on the shift lever and

    secure with the existing E-clip.

    3. Check shift lever adjustment (see Section 2); then

    tighten jam nut(s) securely.

    4. Install the left-side splash panel.

    Front Rack

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the cap screws and lock nuts securing the

    rack to the frame and front fender panel.

    2. Remove the front rack from the ATV.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all rack components using a pressure washer.

    2. Inspect all welds for cracking or bending.

    3. Inspect threaded areas of all mounting bosses for

    stripping.

    4. Inspect for missing decals and/or reflectors.

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the rack into position on the frame and front

    fender panel. Install the cap screws and lock nuts and

    finger-tighten only.

    2. Install the two cap screws and lock nuts securing the

    rack to the fenders. Tighten all hardware securely.

    Front Bumper Assembly

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the two flange bolts and lock nuts securing

    the upper bumper supports to the bumper.

    2. Remove the through-bolt and lock nut securing the

    bumper to the frame; then remove the bumper.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-12

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all bumper components with parts-cleaning

    solvent.

    2. Inspect all welds for cracking or bending.

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the front bumper assembly into position and

    install the through-bolt. Start the lock nut and fin-

    ger-tighten only.

    2. Install the two flange bolts and lock nuts on the

    upper supports. Tighten all hardware securely.

    Front Body Panel/Side

    Panels

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the reinstallable rivets securing the radiator

    access cover and remove the cover; then remove four

    reinstallable rivets securing the steering post cover

    and remove the cover.

    FI465A

    FI466A

    2. Unlock the storage compartment lid; then slide the

    storage compartment cover assembly forward and

    lift off the storage compartment.

    FI467

    3. Remove the storage compartment box; then remove

    the seat.

    FI468

    4. Remove the ignition switch retaining ring and two

    reinstallable rivets securing the instrument pod; then

    remove the instrument pod.

    FI463A

    FI464A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-13

    8

    5. Remove the cap screws and lock nuts securing the

    front rack to the frame; then remove the front rack.

    Account for the grommets and bushings.

    FI469A

    6. Remove the side panels by pulling on them to release

    the tabs from the body; then remove the screws

    securing the rear of the front panel to the frame.

    CF237A

    FI470A

    7. Remove the left and right footwells; then remove the

    shift knob. Remove the shift lever pivot axle nut and

    remove the axle and shift lever. Account for a spring

    and two O-rings.

    CD779

    CD780A

    8. Disconnect four headlight connectors and secure the

    wires out of the way; then disconnect the wires to the

    front accessory plug.

    CD681

    9. Rotate the handlebar to the full-left position; then lift

    and slide the panel to the rear and lift the rear up to

    clear the handlebar.

    CD765A

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-14

    NOTE: It may be necessary to rotate the body panel

    to the right to align the opening with the handlebar.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all fender components with warm soap and

    water.

    2. Inspect fenders for cracks and/or loose rivets.

    3. Inspect for any missing decals.

    INSTALLING

    1. Rotate the handlebar to the full-left position; then

    place the front body panel over the handlebar and

    rotate and lower into position.

    CD765

    2. Connect the headlight connectors to the appropriate

    headlights and the front accessory plug wires to the

    accessory plug.

    CD681

    3. Make sure the rubber grommets and bushings are in

    place; then place the front rack into position and

    secure with the cap screws and lock nuts. Tighten

    securely.

    4. Install the footwells and foot rests. Tighten securely.

    5. Install the cap screws securing the front body panel

    to the frame and rear panel.

    FI470A

    6. Install the shift lever spring, shift lever, and pivot

    axle; then tighten the axle nut securely.

    CD779

    7. Install the instrument pod and ignition switch; then

    secure with two reinstallable rivets and the ignition

    switch retaining ring.

    8. Set the storage compartment box into position; then

    install the storage compartment cover making sure

    the mounting tabs engage the slots. Slide rearward to

    secure and lock by engaging the lid lock.

    FI468

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-15

    8

    FI467

    9. Install the steering post cover and secure with the

    reinstallable rivets; then install and secure the radia-

    tor access panel.

    FI466A

    FI465A

    10. Install the side panels.

    Footrests

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the machine screws and flange nuts secur

    ing the front and rear fenders to the footwells.

    CD691A

    2. Remove the screws securing the foot pegs to the

    footrests; then remove the foot pegs and footwells.

    3. Remove the cap screws and flange nuts securing the

    footrests to the frame; then remove the footrests.

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean the footrest in parts-cleaning solvent.

    2. Inspect the footrest weldments for cracks or unusual

    bends.

    3. Inspect all tubing for cracks or unusual bends.

    INSTALLING

    1. Secure the footrests to the frame with four cap

    screws and two flange nuts; then tighten the 8 mm

    hardware to 20 ft-lb and the 10 mm hardware to 40

    ft-lb.

    2. Place the footwells onto the footrests; then put the

    foot pegs in position and secure with two cap screws.

    3. Install the machine screws and flange nuts securing

    the front and rear fenders to the footwells.

    Belly Panel

    REMOVING/INSTALLING

    1. Remove the machine screws and shoulder washers

    securing the belly panel to the underside of the

    frame; then remove the belly panel.

    2. Place the belly panel into position on the underside

    of the frame; then install the machine screws and

    shoulder washers. Tighten securely.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-16

    Exhaust System

    REMOVING MUFFLER

    1. Remove the two exhaust springs at the muf-

    fler/exhaust pipe juncture.

    CF138A

    2. Slide the muffler rearward to clear the mounting lugs

    and remove the muffler.

    INSPECTING MUFFLER

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Inspect muffler externally for cracks, holes, and

    dents.

    2. Inspect the muffler internally by shaking the muffler

    back and forth and listening for rattles or loose debris

    inside the muffler.

    NOTE: For additional details on cleaning the muf-

    fler/spark arrester, see Section 2.

    INSTALLING MUFFLER

    1. Place the muffler into position engaging the mount-

    ing lugs into the grommets; then slide the muffler

    forward.

    2. Install the two exhaust springs.

    Rear Body Panel/Rack

    REMOVING

    1. Remove the cap screws and lock nuts securing the

    rear rack; then remove the rear rack. Account for the

    bushings.

    2. Remove one shoulder screw and lock nut and three

    plastic rivets (on each side) securing the rear body

    panel to the footwells.

    CD691A

    3. Remove two machine screws securing the battery

    cover and remove the cover.

    CD687A

    4. Disconnect the battery (negative cable first); then

    remove the battery.

    5. Disconnect the taillight/brakelight; then remove the

    gas tank cap and lift off the rear body panel. Install

    the gas tank cap.

    NOTE: If the front body panel has not been

    removed, the left-side and right-side panels and the

    two machine screws must be removed (see Front

    Body Panel/Side Panels in this section).

    CLEANING AND INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Clean all rear body panel components with warm

    soap and water.

    2. Inspect side panels and rear body panel for cracks

    and loose rivets.

    3. Inspect threaded areas of all mounting bosses for

    stripping.

    4. Inspect for missing decals.

    INSTALLING

    1. Remove the gas tank cap and set the rear body panel

    in position; then install the cap and connect the tail-

    light/brakelight connector.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-17

    8

    2. Place the rear rack in position with the bushings and

    secure with the cap screws and lock nuts. Tighten

    securely.

    3. Install one shoulder screw and three plastic rivets (on

    each side) to secure the front of the rear body panel

    to the footwells.

    CD691

    4. Place the battery into the battery box; then connect

    the battery (positive cable first) and secure with the

    battery cover.

    CD687A

    5. Secure the front and rear panels with two machine

    screws; then install the left and right side panels.

    NOTE: If the front body panel has not been

    installed, see Front Body Panel/Side Panels in this

    section.

    6. Place the seat into position making sure it locks

    securely.

    Taillight Assembly

    REMOVING

    1. Unplug the three-prong connector and free the tail-

    light wiring harness from the frame.

    2. Remove the torx-head cap screws securing the tail-

    light assembly to the frame. Account for any wash-

    ers.

    3. Remove the taillight assembly.

    INSPECTING

    NOTE: Whenever a part is worn excessively,

    cracked, or damaged in any way, replacement is nec-

    essary.

    1. Inspect wiring harness, three-prong connector, lens,

    base, cap screws, and socket for damage.

    2. Inspect all wires for corroding, pinching, and crack-

    ing.

    3. Inspect the bulb for wattage, voltage, and proper

    operation.

    INSTALLING

    1. Place the assembly into position on the frame and

    secure with torx-head cap screws and any washers.

    2. Tighten the cap screws securely.

    3. Route the wiring harness over the rear frame; then

    connect the three-prong connector.

    Seat

    REMOVING/INSTALLING

    1. To remove the seat, lift up on the latch release

    (located at the rear of the seat). Raise the rear of the

    seat and slide it rearward.

    2. To lock the seat into position, slide the front of the

    seat into the seat retainers and push down firmly on

    the rear of seat. The seat should automatically lock

    into position.

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    8-18

    Troubleshooting

    Problem: Handling too heavy or stiff

    Condition Remedy

    1. Front wheel alignment incorrect

    2. Lubrication inadequate

    3. Tire inflation pressure low

    4. Tie rod ends seizing

    5. Linkage connections seizing

    1. Adjust alignment

    2. Lubricate appropriate components

    3. Adjust pressure

    4. Replace tie rod ends

    5. Repair — replace connections

    Problem: Steering oscillation

    Condition Remedy

    1. Tires inflated unequally

    2. Wheel(s) wobbly

    3. Wheel hub cap screw(s) loose — missing

    4. Wheel hub bearing worn — damaged

    5. Tie rod ends worn — loose

    6. Tires defective — incorrect

    7. A-arm bushings damaged

    8. Bolts — nuts (frame) loose

    1. Adjust pressure

    2. Replace wheel(s)

    3. Tighten — replace cap screws

    4. Replace bearing

    5. Replace — tighten tie rod ends

    6. Replace tires

    7. Replace bushings

    8. Tighten bolts — nuts

    Problem: Steering pulling to one side

    Condition Remedy

    1. Tires inflated unequally

    2. Front wheel alignment incorrect

    3. Wheel hub bearings worn — broken

    4. Frame distorted

    5. Shock absorber defective

    1. Adjust pressure

    2. Adjust alignment

    3. Replace bearings

    4. Repair — replace frame

    5. Replace shock absorber

    Problem: Tire wear rapid or uneven

    Condition Remedy

    1. Wheel hub bearings worn — loose

    2. Front wheel alignment incorrect

    3. Tire inflation pressure incorrect

    1. Replace bearings

    2. Adjust alignment

    3. Adjust pressure

    Problem: Steering noise

    Condition Remedy

    1. Cap screws — nuts loose

    2. Wheel hub bearings broken — damaged

    3. Lubrication inadequate

    1. Tighten cap screws — nuts

    2. Replace bearings

    3. Lubricate appropriate components

    FOR ARCTIC CAT ATV DISCOUNT PARTS CALL 606-678-9623 OR 606-561-4983

    www.mymowerparts.com

    Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:

    А вот и еще наши интересные статьи:

  • Доцетаксел инструкция по применению при раке желудка
  • Руководства по колористике
  • Руководство кафедрой университета
  • Инструкция по охране труда при приготовлении дезинфицирующих средств
  • Курт левин стили руководства книга

  • 0 0 голоса
    Рейтинг статьи
    Подписаться
    Уведомить о
    guest

    0 комментариев
    Старые
    Новые Популярные
    Межтекстовые Отзывы
    Посмотреть все комментарии